Home

Support Services for Automation - SSA-1

1. PROCESS ABBREVIATIONS SA SECOND STAGE AERATION SAN SANITARY SBS STORED BIOSOLIDS SFH SLUDGE FEED HEADER SG SCRUBBED GAS SHST SUPERHEATED STEAM SK SKIMMINGS SND SAND SPH SODIUM PHOSPHATE SR SLUDGE RECYCLE SS SLUDGE STORAGE SSH SLUDGE SUCTION HEADER SSW SCRUBBER SOLUTION WATER ST STEAM 5 STORM WATER SUC SUCTION GENERAL SVT SAND VENT SW SEAL WATER SWH SLUDGE WITHDRAWAL HEADER TCSTO THERMALLY CONDITIONED SLUDGE THICKENER OVERFLOW TEAS THICKENED EXCESS ACTIVATED SLUDGE TPS THICKENED PRIMARY SLUDGE TICS THICKENED THERMALLY CONDITIONED SLUDGE TU TRUCK UNLOADING VFWL VACUUM FILTER WASTE LIQUOR CENTRATE VT VENT WD WITHDRAWAL WHR WASTE HEAT RETURN wHS WASTE HEAT SUPPLY WL WASTE LIQUOR WTS WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM Part Appendices IV 18 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Section 7 1 Equipment Abbreviations EQUIPMENT ABBREVIATIONS ABS AUTOMATIC BACKWASH STRAINER AD AIR DRYER AS AIR SEPARATOR ASF TWIN AUGER SCREW FEEDER B BOILER BFC BIOFILTER CELL BACKFLOW PREVENTER BHU BIN HYDRAULIC UNIT BIN STORAGE BIN BKR BREAKER BLW BLOWER was BL BP BOOSTER PUMP BU BLENDING UNIT BYP BYPASS GENERAL CHLORINE CONTACT TANK CEMS CONTINUOUS EMISSIONS MONITORING SYSTEM CHHX COOLING WATER HEAT EXCHANGER CHP COOLING WATER PUMP
2. 0NDOD CH4 49 5 f D007 CH qa 5152027 0 007 CH4 BLK SLSZ027I0 8 GATE CRBV 4 PUSILIUN Di006 CH4 0007 4 CONTROL CLR BELDEN 8750 JUMPER a Cupid NoT usen 8 15 M ISOLATED V ISOLATED USED 3 GROUND GROLND 45 6 7 P 18303782 00506 xm 6 5 1 4 3 2 PLOT DATE 10 21 99 TIME 131447 SECTION 6 SAMPLE PLC 5 ANALOG I O WIRING DRAWING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION Revision 2 0 1 IV 15 Part IV Appendices NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District SECTION 7 PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND PARAMETER ABBREVIATIONS Section 7 0 Process Abbreviations PROCESS ABBREVIATIONS AA AMBIENT AIR AMN AMMONIA AS ASH SLURRY ASW ATTEMPERATOR SPRAY WATER BLDN BLOWDOWN BMS BURNER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BFW BOILER FEED WATER BUS ELECTRICAL BUS CA COMPRESSED AIR CCW CONDENSATE COOLING WATER CEN CENTRATE CF CENTRIFUGE FEED CG CALIBRATION GAS CH COOLING WATER CMBA COMBUSTION AIR CN CONDENSATE STEAM CR CONDENSATE RETURN CW COLD WATER DA DRY ASH DAF DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION DI DISINFECION DO DIS
3. 41 2 3 D Wire Tagging and Labeling 41 PACNIE SG en T II 42 Section 2 4 Panel Components II 43 2 4 A Power Distribution Terminal Blocks eene II 43 2 4 B RT 43 2 4 C Fused Terminal Blocks 43 24A De Control 44 2 4 AMS Relays usto boletines bo tetas DUE a II 45 2 4 F Panel Mounted Operators and Pilot Lights eene II 45 Section 3 PLC Programming Standards II 48 Section 3 0 Introduction e Rec cc st hdi eed II 48 Section 3 1 Allen Bradley PLC 5 Programming Conventions II 48 AN ML cT II 48 3 1 B Block Transfer II 48 3 1 ados ltissim PHc II 48 3 1 D Remote VO Addressing II 49 Flex VO Addressing T II 49 3 1 F uri T U Q II 49 Section 3 2 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Programming Conventions
4. V 5 2 4 D ArchestrA Role 2798_Opers V 5 2 4 E ArchestrA Role Facility_Managers a V 5 2 4 F ArchestrA Role HMI Programmers Domain Programmers REF_Programmers V 66 2 4 G ArchestrA Role Administrator Administrators eene V 7 2 4 H Common Functions InTouch a V 7 7 Section 2 5 Comm nication DeSIBH V 7 2 5 A IDE L u V 7 2 5 B lt Model VISW 88 V 8 2 5 Managed InTouch Application 4 n nne V 8 23 D Data Collection cm V 8 2 5 E Tae Naming Standards u u nn s usyasqa V 8 Section 2 6 Base Template Library V 8 Introduction n V 9 2 0 B BIL Input SOUrCe SeriptSu V 9 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 6 C BTL Script LoCatI onS u ete ruo etes ortos EIE V 10 20D Data Logging Deadband uoo nhi V 10 Section 2 7 Platform Templates uu s tits idonei i ciuem de dnd 11
5. II 50 Section 3 3 Allen Bradley Operator Interface 50 Section 3 4 Other PLC Programming I 50 Section 3 5 Analog Rounding Truncation Logic II 51 Rem E II 51 HTTP 1 51 3 5 C General 52 3 5 D Implementation PT 53 3 5 E Laddet Printed 56 Section 4 Computer 59 Section ED MOM tesa dl uit au eu Vit RAE II 59 Section 4 1 Area Control Stations ACS II 59 Lm EE Computer essor 59 B NOIIOE 60 SEE I 60 D 60 4 1 E Installation Details qe II 60 Section 4 2 Area Control Station Servers ACS S II 61 42 Computer 61 LA DE vu II 61 42 MEN u II 62 4 2 NT II 62 4 2 Installation ge II 62 Section 4 3 Historians and Dom
6. 110 SENSE II H A V 110 5C uuu uum V 110 Section 5 2 Standard Program Structure 111 5 2 Logie 111 te Rt NN 111 5 2 C Network Communication Speed V 111 5 2 D Commenting i 111 n Sam V 111 Section 5 3 Standard Program Naming Conventions V 111 5 3 RSNetWorx Program Naming Convention eee V 111 3 8 Device Naming Convention bes s aUa reina Pa V 112 3 9 6 DevieeLopix PrO8Tam u dg HORN RS IE DL UN PPM TEE V 113 Section 5 4 Standard Ladder Editor Commenting Conventions V 115 JAA Ladder Commenting ot ces stereo pimp admin V 115 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District PartI BACKGROUND SECTION 1 OVERVIEW The Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District NEORSD or the District is a political subdivision of the State of Ohio It was established to provide services for collection conveyance and treatment of wastewater for most of the greater C
7. P 3 Model numbers Transceivers AUI port to designated media a Single Mode fiber Cabletron FOT 3 b Multi Mode fiber Cabletron FOT 24 RJ45 twisted Pair Unicom ETP 20028T S or equal from Cabletron or Lancast Section 6 4 IP Protocol The TCP IP protocol is exclusively used for communications between PLCs computers and other network devices A numbering and naming system has been devised and implemented in the plants 6 4 4 Numbering system and ranges The control network uses a private address range 192 168 x x The plants use a 2 bit submask in the third octet 255 255 252 0 yielding over 700 addresses per subnet The subnet scheme also allows for devices to be changed to a 1 bit subnet and see all traffic at all plants when a wide area network is installed Ranges are as shown in Appendix which includes a current address list It must be noted that despite Allen Bradley literature leading the user to believe PLCs can be subnetted freely the only subnet they will recognize is a fourth octet subnet Because of this all ACS S HMI servers must use the same third octet number as the PLCs ACS view stations can use any number in the subnet range This limits the total number of PLCs and ACS S to 254 We currently use less than 50 of the addresses and do not anticipate running out Section 6 5 Pump Station Communication The pump stations use leased lines and leased lin
8. Discrete Standard Control Template Discrete Input Status incl Debounce Simulation if used 47_INC1_WATCHDOG_FLT_S47_ICE State MOV 2 Move Source RCVD S47 ICE DINT 1 0 Dest LOCAL TAG1 0 MOV Move Source RCVD_S47_ICE_DINT 2 0 Dest LOCAL_TAG2 0 MOV Move Source RCVD 547 ICE DINT 3 0 Dest LOCAL_TAG3 0 MOV Move Source RCVD S47 ICE DINT 4 0 Dest LOCAL 4 0 Discrete Standard Control Template Discrete Input Status incl Debounce Simulation if used 547 INC1 WATCHDOG FLT 547 State MOV 3 Source RCVD_S47_ICE_REAL 0 0 0 Dest LOCAL TAGS 0 0 MOV Move Source RCVD_S47_ICE_REAL 1 0 0 Dest LOCAL_TAG6 0 0 MOV Move Source RCVD S47 ICE REAL 2 0 0 Dest LOCAL TAG7 0 0 MOV Move Source RCVD S47 ICE REAL 3 0 0 Dest LOCAL TAG8 0 0 Part V CLX WW PV 74 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL a3 Regional Sewer District MSG S47 ICE IO Ladder Diagram Page S47 Mapping Message IO 1 30 2012 4 40 59 PN Total number of rungs in routine 5 ts My Projects NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample ACT Take appropriate action if watchdog timer indicates bad communication status Discrete Standard Control Template Discrete Input Status incl Debounce
9. Y V 84 4 2 Standardized Objects and Functions V 84 Section 4 3 Project Settings PR P V 85 4 3 A Panel View Application V 85 4 3 B Project General Settings V 85 4 3 C Project Runtime Settings IMG UM P met d en UI NUES V 86 4 3 D Internal Clock Synchronization V 86 4 3 E Other Global Connections nn annassa V 86 43 V 86 Section 4 4 Display Development V 87 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District CN Display Type V 87 4 4 B Display NaMe V 87 4 4 C Color Standards quy a aaa V 88 POM T V 89 EOD vase V 90 JE QEM SRC OS y kna deepens V 96 Section 4 5 Tag References and Usage V 96 Direct R ference Lm 96 4 5 B HMI WO t 96 Section 0 97 4 6 A User Groups and Accounts
10. A 1102403 31974 NIU eS YU YUY TAWGL ic 540078 HL 30 5 AWAGMIA WOLSAS IHL NO SHAHN 3015 TWLSNE T hi gt Part Appendices IV 11 Revision 2 0 1 Sewer District Northeast Ohio STANDARDS 5 MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION 00 01 02 03 mmm Le N Oruse B I 9 ACTIVE Lo o o o o o 8 o o ol CUSTOMER SUPPLIED FIBER OPTIC i 1785 L40E 1771 5 RACK 02 03 WE 1 SEE SHEET 5 FOR DIP SWITCH SETTINGS 2 PART NUMBERS WITH SUFFIX CONFORMAL COATING Be HM 3 ALL RESISTORS SHOWN MUST BE INSTALLED NTO 3 PIN CONNECTORS RESISTOR SUPPLIED 4 ALL 1771 MODULES TO BE CONFIGURED FOR CURRENT APPLICATIONS SEE NOTE 3 RESISTOR SUPPLET 5 FIER OPTIC TRANSCEIVER SEE ME 3 4 RELAY OUTPUT MID 24 250 AC DC 8 8 SEL INPUT MOD TSO 77 138 16 IN ANALOG OUTPUT 4 20 m 4 CHANNEL ANALOG NUT SU 8 CHANNEL REMOTE 0 ADAPTER MODULE PLC 5 40 PROC W ETHERNET 48K RAM 2 DH R UU 5 comet P 18303782 L0M0S 6 5
11. SPP TRANSF 1 SLS0UAUC 25 14 LE CANT M LEVEL i 56 SUS ha 25 06 RED St n m VATER PRESSURE bf lt 0 3 4 AL VIRES ARE 06 AVG UNLESS CTHERWISE NOTED ML WIRES ARE SED UNLESS CTERWISE 6 NL WIRE ENTS VILL HAVE FERRALES OR LUGS AS ROQLIRED wo 6 5 T 4 3 2 PLET DATE 10 21 59 TIME 13 758 Revision 2 0 1 IV 14 Part IV Appendices IO Regional Sewer District Northeast Oh ANALOG 12 BIT 0006 0 007 RACK GROUP 6 RACK 00 D006 CHt 1_ si szoveade0 006 CHl 1 SLSZ026500007 CHl rid 19 n d 315201830 525202550 l ma ae ale CHI SLSZO2650xD007 CHI 7 7 35 eH I He P 51570 67 407 2 ae 1 qui SLSZOIB4U SLSZ02670 WEIR SFCV 2 GATE ERBV 2 POSITION 006 2 POSITION CONTROL D007 CH2 SLSZ026700007CH2 CONTROL eoe xo 3 4 26 8 D007 CH3 qi menores lt BLK BLK sLsz02690 PASS CHAMBER C 5 ERBV 3 POSITION z 1 6 22 D007 CH3 SLSZ0e690xD007 Ckg CONTROL QR QR
12. STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District PID PIDE Objects Parameter Field Description 1 Tag Address PLC tag direct reference 2 Tag Name Device Tag for display on faceplate 3 Device Desc Device Tag description for display on faceplate 4 Eng Units Units for display on faceplate 5 Keypad Keypad Assignment for display next to object Diagnostic Module Objects Parameter Field Description 1 Tag Address PLC tag direct reference references module tag 2 7 Channel Channel device tag for display on faceplate 4 11 C Global Object Default Values The PanelView Plus 6 project should retain the original settings for the Global Object Default Values as provided in the base project The required settings are as follows LinkAnimation default Link with expressions LinkConnections default True LinkSize default True Retaining these settings will ensure that the global objects work correctly and are used in the manner that they were intended Part V CLX WW PV V 109 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District SECTION 5 DEVICELOGIX PROGRAMMING Section 5 0 Introduction DeviceLogix Smart Component Technology integrates logic solving capability into I O motor starters push buttons and other control components providing higher performance and lower cost distributed control DeviceLogix capable device operate
13. V 97 4 6 B General Account Privileges and Restrictions 97 4 6 C Configuring Security Access V 99 4 6 D Account Login Logout aasan V 99 46E Vedere V 99 SL rs Fm T T V 100 47 A Trigger Type T V 100 accents eiusd edes V 100 4 7 C Trigger Routin nite 100 C WARRMIIu 6E EM V 100 4 7 B Message AUG V 100 Settings aoo m itl IPM 101 ATG PRAM Displays u l un V 102 4 7 H Alam Filtern u nam ana V 102 Section 4 8 TS EEEE V 103 ASA Trend AIBHS V 103 23 15 Trend Area Pemplaleu PB Se EN 103 45 Other Trends V 103 4 S D Trend Color Tr V 103 T 5 H Refresh Rate us by V 104 2 8 Ie Trend HISf0rY osuere asiste tsp quld nasua aaa mal qu pde Quis as V 104 Maximum Pens TY nd Mc V 104 4 8 H Other Trend
14. PARCO SOUTHERLY PLANT 88 woar 18303782 0 01 cm 6 3 4 3 2 PLOT DATE 11 05 99 TIME 132721 Revision 2 0 1 IV 8 Part Appendices Sewer District Iona Northeast Ohio STANDARDS 5 MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION 1040ARH AMIDE SUPPLIED WITH ARMIO00 3 X 4 WIREDUCT SYSTE 3 X 4 VIREDUCT CUSTIMERI 3 X 4 WIREDUCT RACK 00 00 NOTES 1 NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE TAGS TU EE AS FOLLOWS MAT U GRAVOPLY H NEW HERMES INC DR ROWMARK INSTALL WITH M4 40 X 1 4 STAINLESS STEEL DRIVE SCREVS WHITE WITH BLACK CRE TEXT HEIGHT 188 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SUD PER DWG HL EE WALL OUTLET CONNECTOR COTRONICS FIBER OPTIC CONVERTER CONTROL RELAY AB 700 DUPLEX 204 125 12 SWITCH 204 LIGHTED HJBBELL 4 GANG BOX HUBBELL 4 GANG DUPLEX SW COVER HJBRELL gt END ANCHOR NORMAL DUTY DIN RAIL AB WIREDUCT U X 4 X 6 PANDUIT COVER LIGHT REY VIREDUCT PANDUIT WIREDUCT 3 X 4 PANDUIT COVER 2 LIGHT GREY WIREDUCT PANDUIT 4 X 4 X 6 PANDUIT COVER 4 LIGHT GREY WIREDUCT PANDUIT 4 X 4 WERETUCT SYSTEM le SLUT CHASSIS CONFORMAL AB 1771 97 PVR SUPPLY CABLE AB POWER SUPPLY 1771 27 V CONFORMAL COAT AB
15. AUTOMATIC REDUNDANCY MODULE TS POWER STDFM F 25 0 32 CORCOM LINE FILTER 204 MOUNTING RAIL A B FLAT STANDOFF PS BRACKET POVER SUPPLY 24 0 EPIN GND LUG 2 148VG 21501 INSULATOR STANDOFF GLASTIC EE 08 04 99 me Ft 6 5 4 3 2 PLOT DATE 11 05 99 132727 UserCLECADD Spece sN E STANDARD Fhed PROJ 0270966 ConflManual LOMG2 DWG Scolew3Phre2 21 2002 Thed400 LayoytModet P 18303782 L0Me Revision 2 0 1 IV 9 Part IV Appendices Sewer District Northeast Ohio Reg STANDARDS 5 MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION lt UserCLECADD SpeceIRMIE STANDARD Floli PROJ G270966 CorflpMonual LOMOZDVG 4 02 21 2002 Thel404 1 Cisi 19303782 0003 mm 4 X 4 WIREDUCT CUSTOMER 4 X 4 WIREDUCT SYSTEM 4 X 4 WIKEDUCT CUSTOMER lt 4 6925 42 NOTES 1 NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE TAGS HE AS FOLLOWS NAT L GRAVDPLY JI NEW HERMES INC OR ROWMARK INSTALL WITH 2 4 40 X 1 4 STAINLESS STEEL IRIVE SCREWS COLOR WHITE WITH LACK CORE TEXT HEIGHT 188 TYP UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SIZE PER DWG 450 5 END ANCHOR NORMAL DUTY DIN RAIL Ab MOUNTING RAIL FLAT STANDOFF VIREDUCT 4 X 4 X amp PANDUIT COVER 4
16. Data Change SCHpLbS dici bebe V 44 PACA e Pum Ons c V 44 2 9 G InTouch System Windows V 45 Section 2 10 General Coding Practices a V 46 2 10 A Scripting Code Comment V 46 2 10 B Scripting Code Headers ioiei rigen ups pr iie dde V 46 2 10 C Scripting Code Structure Practices eei rn eren V 47 Dead er MC eee V 47 2 10 ArchestrA Device Object Instances V 47 2 10 F Window Naming V 48 Section 2 11 e Display o qula epe orca itus V 49 2 LLA Generals uuu M V 49 eR MIN 1 qayaqa aqha ceased V 49 TTL V 49 2 1 1 D Text Sun u ite V 50 2 11 Pipes InTouch vs ArchestrA a V 50 2 11 F Standard Static Process Symbols V 52 LOCations V 52 2L L H Common Symbols ade anus upaqas V 52 Section 2 12 Standard Symbols V
17. II 3 Section 1 3 Alarm Priorities ted cer exa Cera n premi II 8 Section 1 4 Alarm Configuration 9 Section 1 5 Point Tag Naming Convention a 9 1 5 Existing Process Loops for Easterly 9 1 5 Existing Process Loops for Westerly WWTC 9 1 5 Existing Process Loops for Southerly WWTC C 9 1 5 0 Existing Process Loops for Remote Pump Stations 9 Section Edu Nr 10 Section 1 7 Process Control and Automation System Design Support Documentation II 11 Section 1 8 Custom Programming 12 Section 1 9 Reporting Point Changes 13 Section 1 10 Tag Naming Formats for CLX WW PV II 14 1 10 A General P II 14 10 B OR RUM II 14 TO Ce Object ANUICIDUIOS carie l odere II 16 1 10 D Process Equipment amp Parameter 17 LIQ Example Tae
18. Part II Standards and Conventions II 16 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District IO Point PLC Mapping HMI Mapping 1 6 0 Ch8 gt S57_PWTNK1_4200_DRV_CMD state gt S57_PWTNK1_4200_DRV_CMD state 1 10 D Process Equipment amp Parameter Names Within the tag name format most fields are intuitive site process area train and loop should all be clearly defined This fixed portion of the tag name consumes 11 to 13 characters The process and equipment names are equally known but need to fit within the remaining 19 characters To aid the programmer in tag name development the District has compiled a list of frequently encountered process terms along with the acceptable abbreviation For other process and equipment names not listed it is the programmer s responsibility to choose a name that is easily recognized and meets the number of character limitation Each created process or equipment name must be consistent through all programming including HMI OIT and multiple PLC programs For example if the equipment name for windbox is set as windbox in a PLC tag for incinerator 1 then the PLC for incinerator 2 must also refer to it as windbox box would not be acceptable The complete list of abbreviations is given in Part IV Section 7 Process Equipment amp Parameter Abbreviations New abbreviations should be r
19. V 104 Section 4 9 Data Logging V 105 Number of eu Oysa I V 105 4 9 B Maximum Data Points V 105 4 9 C Logging u uuu n V 105 4 9 D LOS usura u 105 IL Model V 105 Section 4 10 IO Diagnostic Screens naa V 106 410A CV EL VI 106 4 10 B Screen Requirements and Architecture V 106 4 10 C Area d Navigation iode pai aa ssp aes V 107 Section 4 11 Standard Control V 108 4 11 A Global Object Templates a V 108 4 11 B General Usage Requirements pete ott uito V 108 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 11 C Global Object Default Values V 109 Section 5 DeviceLogix Programming V 110 Section he Em ds 110 Section 5 1 Programming for 1 110 Do Lee General
20. Northeast Ohio Regional we Sewer District Protecting Your Health and Environment TO Jacqueline Williams DATE June 2 2014 Purchasing Manager FROM Raymond A Weeden RE Addendum No 1 Director of Operation and Maintenance Support Services for Automation SSA 1 Please issue Addendum No 1 to the Attendees of the Mandatory Pre Proposal Meeting A pre proposal meeting was held on May 29 2014 at the George J McMonagle Building of the Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District NEORSD located at 3900 Euclid Ave Cleveland OH A list of attendees who signed in at the meeting is included as Attachment 1 The meeting convened at 1 00 PM with the Douglas Mackie Project Manager introducing himself and the following individuals Scott Sander NEORSD Engineer Diana Jones NEORSD Certification Officer Elizabeth Biggins Ramer NEORSD Contract Project Coord It was stated that any answers or statements given during the meeting are not official The written addendum will be the official response This Addendum can be downloaded from the District Sharefile website at https neorsd sharefile com i i877274b1df34bc08 Item 1 Please replace page 14 wording under section 4 3 1 titled Experience of Key Team Members on Similar Projects in the second paragraph which has been modified to read as follows Key Consultant staff include but are not limited to project manager technical discipline leads design manager design en
21. I 81 9 1 Westerly Wastewater Treatment 84 9 1 B Easterly Wastewater 86 9 1 C Southerly Wastewater Treatment 88 Section 9 2 System Integrator 90 9 2 90 9 2 B System Integrator s Qualifications a II 90 9 2 C System Int grator s Responsibilities 91 9 2 D System Integrator s Project Personnel 92 9 2 E Factory Acceptance testing aces dicor EA PA Pra D repr ted e qe ARN I UE II 92 9 2 F System Checkout Startup and Commissioning Responsibilities II 93 9 2 G Integrity i n T II 94 9 2 H Glos o NE II 95 9 41 System Checkout and Startup II 95 9 2 J CODBISSIODIDE eda pe DUM ded II 96 9 2K Loop sc u aan u unaq aaa ukukutaqa aquqa sasaqa 96 9 2 L Functional Performance Testing II 97 9 2 M icis diesen S soko ue pn nu d tU saa RUE II 98 92N Availability testing n
22. communication links failing or other miscellaneous non process failures Priority 4 alarms are only displayed on alarm pages when a person with the privileges of a system administrator is logged into the system Operators will only see Priority 1 2 or 3 alarms Part II Standards and Conventions 8 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District Section 1 4 Alarm Configuration Alarms of different priorities are displayed on alarm summary pages using different colors to aid in their identification Color coding for alarms is as shown in Table 1 3 1 below Table 1 3 1 Alarm Color Configuration Unacknowledged Acknowledged Alarms Reset Alarms alarms Alarm Text Back Text Back Text Back ground Priority Fore ground Fore ground Fore ground ground ground 1 White Red Red White White Black 2 Black Yellow Yellow Black White Black 3 White Blue Blue White White Black 4 White Green Green White White Black Section 1 5 Point Tag Naming Convention 1 5 Existing Process Loops for Easterly WWTC 1 5 Existing Process Loops for Westerly WWTC 1 5 C Existing Process Loops for Southerly WWTC 1 5 D Existing Process Loops for Remote Pump Stations Part II Standards and Conventions Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIO
23. oo GRT 0001 4 Greater Than A gt B Source A N700 0 Source B ww bs CPT 0002 Compute Dest N700 1 100 Expression 10 N700 0 0003 Compute pe Dest F800 0 85 0 Expression F800 0 N700 1 GRT 0004 Greater Than gt Source A F800 0 0 85 0 lt Source B 1E 009 1 009 Compute Dest F800 0 85 0 lt LES Expression F800 0 N700 1 Less Than lt Source F800 0 85 0 SourceB 1 009 1 009 lt Part II Standards and Conventions 56 Revision 2 0 1 Northeast Ohio NEORSD AUTOMATION WZ Regional Sewer District STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL MOV 0005 Move Source F800 0 85 0 lt Dest F800 1 495 RET 0006 Return Return Parameter F800 1 0007 Move Source 0 0 lt Dest N700 3 0 lt 0008 Grtr Than or A gt B Compute 7 4 F800 0 Dest N700 3 85 0 lt 0 lt 32768 0 Expression 800 0 16384 0 32768 0 32768 0 LEQ CPT 0009 Less Than or Eql lt Compute Source F800 0 Dest N700 3 85 0 lt 0 lt Source 32768 0 Expression 800 0 16384 0 32768 0 32768 0 CPT 0010 Compute Dest N700 2 Expression 800
24. 5 151 099 93 Oe Ts 999 9 7 NOTE SCHEWATIC LADDER NUMBERS WHERE APPLICABLE EXAMPLE P101 21 SEE PART Il SECTION 2 5 OF THE STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL PLC 5 PANEL AND NEW WIRING IRNI DIGITAL CARD Part IV Appendices IV 7 Revision 2 0 1 Sewer District Northeast Oh Regional E 5 ENCLOSURE LAYOUT DRAWINGS SAMPLE PLC STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION SECTION 4 m DETAIL A SCALE 2x VHITE WITH BLACK CORE me DETAIL CAUTION YELLOW WIRD 15 NOT DE ENERGIZEI D mir ott te WARNING DEL DETAIL D SCALE 4X YELLOW WITH BLACK CORE SEE NOTE 5 WHITE WITH BLACK CORE SEE NOTE 5 NOTE I L of H 1 ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION IS FULLY WELDED AND GASKETED FOR NEMA TYPE 4X APPUCATION 2 MATERIALI 12 GAGE 3161 STAINLESS STEEL SMIDTH BRUSHED FINISH 3 STAINLESS STEEL QUICK RELEASE SCREWS k CLAMPS 4 ROLLED UP AROUND THREE SIDES OF DOORS amp ALONG OF ENCLOSURE 5 NAMEPLATES TU AS FOLLOWS MATL GRAVUPLY D NEW HERMES INC OR R WMARK INSTALL WITH 44 40 X 1 4 STAINLESS STEEL DRIVE SCREWS CLOR WHITE WITH FLACK CORE TEXT HEIGHT 188 TYP UNLESS OTHERVISE SPECIFIED SIZE PER DWG 0 9 8 7 6 3 3 2 1 ary PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
25. cd en cpm des IS Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley PanelView Plus 6 or latest series catalog number 2711P B7C4D9 without equal Display Screen Size 6 5 inches diagonally measured backlit Resolution 640 x 480 pixels 18 bit color graphics Display and Keypad Type Touch screen and keypad Memory 512 MB RAM and 512 MB nonvolatile flash memory Provide extended features and file viewers Supply Voltage 24 VDC see Note to Specifier Communications Ethernet and RS 232 Mounting OIT shall be mounted on the front face of panel as indicated on the Drawings Provide six 6 Allen Bradley supplied protective overlays for screen and keypad Provide all cables interface cards local circuit breaker and wiring Provide conformal coating of all circuit boards including screen and logic module when option is available Part II Standards and Conventions II 38 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 2 G Software and Programming A Contractors system integrators and in house programmers that perform work involving any portion of the District s process control system must first verify that they are working with the latest version of custom PLC control logic and all other custom and standard software as the basis for their control system augmentation work Verification of versions should be confirmed by District personnel
26. 2 10 F Window Naming Convention The Wonderware InTouch Window names are limited to 32 characters and will be named to reflect the site building process area and equipment in the following manner Site Area Process Equip Train Parallel Equip Train Parallel _ Display Section 1 5 Point Tag Naming Convention Point Ta M 9 Description Standard Reference Component Plant or Site Designator Site S E W C S Southerly E Easterly W Westerly C Collections Area Process Area Code Part Section 9 1 two digit numeric code designating Number the process area Process or Equipment Refer to Part IV Section 7 Process Equipment and Process Equip Designator Parameter Abbreviations for suggestions Process train number Not required to use 1 unless Train Process Train Number ot OE TRE Parallel equipment Alphanumeric character for multiple equipment Parallel designator operating in parallel Up to a 12 character Optional field eliminate if running out of characters Display description for the Typical examples include Overview Detail Status display type Maint Setpoint NAV for navigation and Trend Note repeat the Equip Train Parallel portion of the description as necessary to define the screen Example S47 INC2 CNT Overview S Southerly WWTP 47 Process Area 47 incineration INC Incinerator 2 Train 2 CNT Centrifuges Overview Display type no
27. For titles or headings within the graphic display or other text that requires greater attention the text size may be sized slightly larger and underlined For navigation and other functional buttons the text size 8 font Arial style black and bold by default Part V CLX WW PV V 89 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 4 4 Navigation PanelView applications should follow the navigation standard set forth within the base project example The following diagram illustrates the standard Row Column navigation approach MAIN Le Le 8 Le C LJ LI lU lC 1 2 5 DISPLAY 1 DISPLAY 1 T DISPLAY 1 0 L ALARM SUMMARY AREA 1 DISPLAY 2 ALARM HISTORY AREA 1 DISPLAY 3 Each Column of buttons represents a process area or equipment The first Row button navigates to the specific area The subsequent row buttons indicate what additional screens exist within that specific area Only the first row of buttons has
28. II 70 OLA 70 6 1 B Monitoring Management deu dau 70 Section 6 2 Control Network WAN Design 71 6 2 A u s us ananassa uqankuta asisqa 71 6 2 B Frame Relay nter a es H 71 Section 6 3 LAN WAN 71 II 71 6 3 B Routers uote WO IEEE PEU eee II 71 6 3 C Media Converters and Transceivers c cccccccccessssesscececececeesensneceeeeeeeesessssaaeees II 71 s ction 6 4 TCP 7 IP Protocol Uu nawan tatasqa 72 6 4 A Numbering system and ranges II 72 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 6 5 Pump Station II 72 UN aule i MC II 73 Dedicated Leased II 73 Section 6 6 Remote Collection System Site Modem Communication II 73 Section 6 7 Remote Collection System Site Radio Communication II 73 Section 7 EFlectrical Standards u 73 Section 7 0 See NEORSD E
29. MSG Message Control S47 REAL PRI MSG J MSG Message Message MSG Message Control S47 REAL SEC MSG J EN Message Control S47 DINT SEC MSG ron Part V CLX WW PV V 78 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 3 11 General Coding Guidelines 3 11 A Commenting Logic logic routines must be clearly commented in the rung description The first rung of a routine should summarize the overall routine function as well as the logic found on the rung When similar functionality is being repeated a brief description clarifying the relative differences from the fully comment rung is acceptable All changes made after commissioning must be commented Post commissioning comments require the following Date of change e Initials of person making the change e Company that employs the person making the change e Reason and description of change Example 12 02 10 JBZ RoviSys Added an example to the standard 3 11 B Indirect Addressing Indirect addressing in the form of passing input parameters between subroutines and accessing values within array elements should be minimized within the program as much as possible The use of the instruction FOR to loop through a subroutine repeatedly should similarly be avoided If indirect addressing is used it must be tho
30. WB FLOW ELEMENT COMPACTOR b BAR SCREEN COMMUNITOR Figure II 1 1 2 Standard Static Process Symbols Part II Standards and Conventions 4 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District urs OFF motors OFF PUMPS RUNNING qp RUNNING 775 PUMPS MALFUNCTION 3 worons MALFUNCTION ip Pues gt AGATE 8 VALVE ae GATE amp VALVE FULL CLOSE INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE PARTLY OPEN OR IN TRANSITION gt lt 4 GATE amp VALVE GATE amp VALVE lt q GATE 8 VALVE MIXER OFF MIXER RUNNING MIXER MALFUNCTION mi m MIXER INFORW ATIONIS FULL OPEN MALFUNCTION INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE ID OFF GRINDER ID FAN RUNNING GRINDER ID FAN MALFUNCTION e GRINDER ID FAN INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE GRINDER Figure II 1 1 3 Standard Dynamic Process Equipment Symbols OFF RUNNING MALFUNCTION INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE Part II Standards and Conventions 5 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District OFF EQUIPMENT IS STOPPED RUN EQUIPMENT IS RUNNING ON EQUIPMENT IS ON FOR EQUIPMENT RUNNING IN FORWARD DIRECTION REV EQUIPMENT RUNNING
31. access openings that are screwed bolted closed shall use security screws that require a special tool to remove 3 Manufacturer Hoffman or approved equal 4 1 E Installation Details This section does not contain all installation details for the equipment system shown only those that are required by the NEORSD These details may exceed those required by the equipment manufacturer or local codes Area Control Stations Installation details Use separate flexible conduits to connect network cables UPS power and normal power Monitor shelf must be set to center the monitor in the window Power and network outlets use single gang boxes mounted to the cabinet Part II Standards and Conventions II 60 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 4 2 Area Control Station Servers ACS S This section provides the detailed requirements for an ACS S An ACS S is an array consisting of two 2 computers installed in a locking cabinet under a counter or desk set to hold the two monitors The ACS S are configured as a redundant server pair in the HMI software and have communications that will enable data to be served from the redundant if the primary fails An ACS S includes the following A Computer System B Monitor C Keyboard D Enclosure Detailed Specifications 4 2 4 Computer System 1 The computers are Compaq Proliant 1600 and have the f
32. cccccessscecccccecsessssccecececeesensnsnseseeeccesesesessaaeeeeeeeesesensnteaeees II 66 5 2 0 Printer Drivers qasasqa nnns II 67 52 E Intranet BrOWSGE eee ette reti bee ek be e EE eue eds II 67 SaL E Backup SOLDES cuna pd Late puc II 67 5 2 G PLC Communications DriverS ennemi nnns II 67 Section 5 3 HMI Soft lt ware wo cccccssssscccccccecsessssesececceeceesesseaecececeesesessaseeeeeeeeesenenteaeess 68 5 3 A Base Product a ia 68 5 3 B Additional Applications Il 68 Section 5 4 Relational Database na 69 5 4 A Base Product ees or RERO Ttt tune II 69 5 4 B Interface to ODM i iie eor p tese ee elis us II 69 5 4 C Interface 4 II 69 5 4 D Interface for HMI Historical and Alarm II 69 3 4 E Table Structure iiss iiie et t i eost uqusqa atasi ons II 69 5 4 F Query Structure Section te be II 69 Section 6 Communication Standards II 70 Section 6 0 Introduction 4 100000 0011 000000000 nennen ente nnne nnne seen ener trennen II 70 Section 6 1 Control Network LAN Design
33. 9 2 1 System Checkout and Startup CONTRACTOR must provide the services of qualified instrumentation and control system technicians including where applicable those of System Integrator s instrument and control suppliers and equipment manufacturers to perform the following e Preparation of updates to all instrumentation and control documentation including but not limited to drawings process control narratives I O list Component Setting Record and manuals e Check and approve the installation of all instrumentation and control components and all cable and wiring connections between the various system components prior to placing the various processes and equipment into operation for site acceptance testing e Conduct a complete system checkout and adjustment including calibration of all instruments check of all loops verification of setpoints and interlocks and testing of final control actions e Check all communication networks including but not limited to serial communications Modbus Modbus Plus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet ControlNet fieldbus etc as applicable All HMI and OIT graphics shall have been verified for completeness functionality and responsiveness during the FAT During the FAT all I O shall be verified for proper linking to HMI and OIT graphical objectives symbols alarm and event logs and recording in the Historian All problems encountered shall be promptly corrected to prevent any delays in operation
34. Appendices IV 21 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION 222 Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Section 7 2 Parameter Abbreviations Parameter Abbreviation Conductivity MHO Concentration CONC Current AMP Flow Rate FLW Kilovolts KV Kilowatts KW Level LVL Megawatts MW pH pH Pressure PSI Fo Differential Pressure PSID Po Temperature TMP Differential Temperature TMPD Position POS Speed SPD Torque TRQ Turbidity TRB Vibration VIB BEEN Others Alarm ALM High and Low HH H L LL Average applied to alarms Bypass BYP interlocks Backwash BKW Maintenance MAINT Building BLDG Modbus ModbusPlus MB MBP Command CMD Pushbutton PB Compute Compensate COMP Remote REM Interlock ILK Residual RSDL Local LOC Reverse REV Lower LWR Runtime RT Fault Failure FLT Setpoint STPT Feedback FDBK Upper UPR Forward FWD Part IV Appendices IV 22 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Part V ControlLogix Wonderware PanelView Plus 6 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION The following sections include standards for developing process control logic and graphics using Rockwell Software RSLogix5000 Wonderware Archestra IDE and Rockwell
35. CLX WW PV V 91 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District K Key assignments should only be used for navigation of full screen displays Faceplate and other popup displays shall use F Key assignments Part V CLX WW PV V 92 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Key Assignments The assignment of K and F Keys to objects within an application follows a standardized approach that must be observed in order to promote consistency across PanelView Plus 6 models Since the number and location of similar keys differs between PanelView Plus 6 model sizes the keypad assignment for routine operations return to Main close faceplate etc will be assigned a key based on that key s location on the face of the Panel View and not necessarily by a consistent key number The following diagram illustrates this standard approach Top Right Hand Side K Key Return to Main Allen Bradley PanlView Plus Right Hand Side arm Summary Misc Right Hand Side K Keys Reserved for Standard Object Library faceplate tab navigation 900000000 Left Hand Side e cp lt C O CO CO CO CO Application specific C D DX Ss C E process display navigation Bottom Right K Key Exit for all fa
36. CNT CENTRIFUGE was CN CND CONDENSATE DEAERATOR CNP CONDENSATE PUMP CP COMPRESSOR CONDENSATE TRANSFER PUMP DAD DESICCANT AIR DRYER DAR DRYAIR RECEIVER DS DUPLEX STRAINER DSP DOME SPRAY PUMP DMP DAMPER DTNK DAY TANK DWO DRY WEATHER OVERFLOW EC ECONIMIZER EJ EXPANSION JOINTS ET EXPANSION TANK F FAN FB FREE BOARD FBKR FEEDER BREAKER FIB FAN INBOARD BEARING FIL FILTER FLP FLUSHING PUMP FOB FAN OUTBOARD BEARING Part IV Appendices IV 19 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District Equipment Abbreviations FOA FOUL AIR FP FEED PUMP FPRT FEEDER PROTECTION FS FILTER SILENCER FST FIRST STAGE SETTLING TANK FWP FEED WATER PUMP G GRINDER GHU GATE HYDRAULIC UNIT HG HORIZONTAL GATE HOP HOPPER HPT HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK HUM HUMIDIFIER HX HEAT EXCHANGER IDF INDUCED DRAFT FAN IFP INCINERATOR FEED PUMP IRR IRRIGATE OR IRRIGATOR INC INCINERATOR FLUIDIZED BED was FBI INS INLET SILENCER LL LEAD LAG MBKR MAIN BREAKER MIB MOTOR INBOARD BEARING MIST MIST ELIMINATOR MOB MOTOR OUTBOARD BEARING MON MONORAIL MP MIXING PUMP MX MIXER NGLS NATURAL GAS LANCE SYSTEM NGS NAT
37. Site gt Process Area System gt Train Equipment Device Parameter Note that not all tags will have every level of the hierarchy The CLX WW Tag format is as follows Site Area Desc1 Train Parallel Loop Desc2 Train Parallel Parameter Part II Standards and Conventions II 14 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Where Site Site designation in upper case Example sites include S is used for Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center is used for Easterly Wastewater Treatment Plant W for Westerly Wastewater Treatment Center C for Collection System Control Facilities Q for Water Quality Surveillance Area the two digit process area number There is no space between the site and process area number designators Refer to Part II Section 9 1 for a complete and up to date listing of process area numbers For systems with remote IO racks the area number should reflect the location of the IO not the PLC Descl the first descriptor field intended for the specific process description If more appropriate it may be used for primary equipment name area building etc Train the process train number may appear after the first or second descriptions Use sequential numbers when more than one train exists For examples INC1 fluid bed incinerator train1 Parallel the lower case alphabetical d
38. The base product has all polling data manipulation trending and presentation functions A complete software load is performed on all stations with licensing determining the functions allowed on a given station Manufacturer General Electric Version number Cimplicity HMI 4 0 patched to version 4 01 service pack 3 4 03 Model numbers Full Point I O Development System IC646TDV000 Full Point I O Runtime System 1 646 000 Viewer Runtime System IC646TRT999 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done 5 3 B Additional Applications Modules Additional application modules provide SPC pager functions and server redundancy functions For development stations an Allen Bradley connectivity module is also required An ACS S server pair requires server redundancy to enable fail over 1 PRODR Manufacturer General Electric Model numbers Statistical Process Control IC646NSP000 Cimplicity Pager 646 000 Server Redundancy Option IC646NHRO00 Allen Bradley Communications IC646NEA000 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done Part II Standards and Convent
39. a Sixteen point individually isolated discrete input modules which accept an input of 120 VAC 60 Hz Cat 1756 IA16IK b Sixteen point individually isolated discrete input modules which accept an input of 24 VDC sink or source 1756 IB16IK Part II Standards and Conventions 31 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 1 Sixteen point isolated output modules Each output point shall independently fused and individual blown fuse indication for each point Isolated outputs shall have a current capacity of 2 amps at 120 VAC Cat 1756 16 Sixteen point isolated discrete output modules 24 VDC sink or source with each output fused with individual blown fuse indication Cat 1756 OB16IK Eight point isolated relay output modules with an output current capability of 2A at 120 VAC per point Cat 1756 OX8IK Eight point isolated analog input modules 16 bit minimum resolution which accept an input of 4 20 mA DC and read the HART signal Cat 1756 IF8HK Six isolated thermocouple inputs Cat 1756 IT6IK However use transmitters and 4 20mA inputs whenever possible Six isolated RTD inputs Cat 1756 IR6IK However use transmitters and 4 20mA inputs whenever possible Eight point isolated analog output modules 15 bit minimum resolution which produce an output of 4 20 mA DC and read the HART signal Analog outp
40. 1 Server IX1UMSHIS02 Server Name Connection Status Connected Scan State OnScan onscan Comm Protocol SuiteLink Connection Alarm false Reconnect The DDESuiteLinkClient provides connectivity to DDE or SuiteLink servers 2 Topic tagname Active true Ttem Count D Item Update Count 0 Item Error Count D Item Error Count Alarm false Item Error Count Alarm Priority 500 Topic List tagname Instances e NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient HIS South NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient_HIS_West NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient HIS East Part V CLX WW PV V 35 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 27 1 NEORSDGR Description The NEORSDGR represents a Galaxy Repository platform node in the application Functional Details e Provides a template for each GR Platform in the system e Unneeded functionally such as enabling history and redundancy are not enabled allowing for greater flexibility within the templates e Designed so if connection to GRNode is lost the system will still properly operate General Minimum Ram 1024 MB Statistics average period 10000 ms Redundancy Redundancy 30001 message channel port Redundancy Redundancy primary channel port 30099 Message Exchange Message 120000 ms timeout Message Exchange NMX heartbeat period 2000 m Message Exchange Consecutive number of missed heartb
41. 4 3 2 PLOT DATE 1 05 99 TIME 132831 Revision 2 0 1 IV 12 Part IV Appendices Sewer District Northeast Ohio Reg 5 STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION 678 12 5 Y N SVITCH 1 SWITCH 1 SWITCH 2 D 05 12345678 123456 RAM MEMURY DFF ON 57 K I boon BI ALWAYS OFF EEPROM TRANSFER RAM TH STATION NUMBER 15 amp avars FF SINGLE SLOT ADDRESSING BACKPLANE POWER SINGLE SLOT ADDRESSING SN 1234567898 yg Rack 02 1 UNRESTRICTED LIK RESPONSE SPAY RN PROLESSIR CAN RESTART CHASSIS ALWAYS OFF svc U ST 1 0 ROP NO 0 ieee AFTER FAULT S CORRECTED 2304 BAUD CHASSIS DUTPUTS DE ENERGIZE SERIAL PORT CONFIGURATION FOR RS 232C FAULT 15 DETECTED NOT USED IN SCANNING MODE ASB N J RACK 02 03 SWITCH SETTINGS I O CHASSIS RACK 02 03 BACKPLANE SWITCH SETTINGS Rockwell UP GALLERY C NKTR 15452 SOUTHERLY PLANT Automation PAY DP SVITCH SETTINGS 7303782410 MEIR 6 Itrmatore C P 18303782 LOMI6 ma 6 5 T 4 3 2 PLOT DATE 11 05 99 TIME 130845 Revision 2 0 1 IV 13 Part IV Appendices Sewer District ional Northeast Ohio 5 5 DIGITAL I O WIRING DRAWING SAMPLE PLC STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL NEORSD AUTOMATION SECTION 5 1225 ISOLATED MONLE te GRIP 5 55478
42. 98 9 2 0 Instrument certification sheet 98 9 2 Final Control Element Certification Sheet 100 9 50 Control Loop Checkout s 103 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 9 2 R Checkout Certification Sheet 11 105 9 2 S Component Settings Record 106 Control NetWork iii ul hana nayasa 1 Section 1 Easterly WWTP Network Block 1 Section 2 Southerly WWTC Network Block Diagram 2 Section 3 Westerly WWTC Network Block Diagram 22 3 IV ici Aa IV 4 Section 1 Wire Tagging and Numbering Convention IV 4 Section 1 0 PLC 5 Wire Tagging and Numbering Convention IV 4 Section 1 1 ControlLogix Wire Tagging Convention IV 5 Section 2 Sample Control Schematic with PLC 5 Wire Tagging IV 6 Section 3 PLC 5 Panel Sample Interp
43. Inp PLC STATUS S47 INC1 PLC STATUS Signature ID 54C68A6C Part V CLX WW PV Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District IMSG Control Ladder Diagram 547 INCI Misc Logic Message Control Total number of rungs in routine 16 1 30 2012 4 41 03 PM ts My Projects NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample ACD Page 15 547 ICE MSG WATCHDOG DN RETRY Logic After PLC message has failed both paths slow down execution until a message is successful ensure MSG Control appropriate value for PLC gt E TON Timer On Delay EN Timer S47 ICE RetryTimer Preset 300000 CDN2 gt Accum 0 EQU S47 ICE RetryTimer RES Equal Source MSG Control 1 Source B 1 MSG 847 ICE Ladder Diagram S47 INCI Misc Logic Message Control Total number of rungs in routine 1 Page 15 1 30 2012 4 41 03 PM ts My Projects NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample ACL End EQ Equal Source MSG Control 1 1 Source B MSG Instructions Use MSG Control to sequence multiple message instructions between PLC s S47 ICE RetryTimer TT I The RetryTimer bypass normal sequencing which is disabled when both paths have failed Message 5 EN Message Control S47_ICE_DINT_PRI_MSG ill CDN ER Message
44. Motherboard mounted Ethernet card Netelligent 10 100 TX Matrox G200 video card 128Mb RAM CD ROM drive Floppy drive Single power supply rig mo Ao p Please note that computer specifications change several times a year as options are changed or upgraded This equipment list is correct only at the time of writing If any computers are to be procured please contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for current specifications Part II Standards and Conventions 59 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 1 B Monitor 1 The monitors for all operator stations are LCD screens 18 screens are used in the ACS cabinets The longevity and minimal heat dissipation are key factors 2 Manufacturer NEC 3 Model Multisync LCD 1810 4 1 C Keyboard 1 Hard use keyboards are installed at all operator stations with an integral pointing device The keyboard and pointing device are electrically separate if one fails the other may be used to continue operating until repairs can be made The keyboard is sized to fit in the drawer of the stainless steel cabinet 2 Manufacturer Texas Industrial Peripherals 3 Model number DT 5K 4 1 D Enclosure 1 A NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure with window for the screen and a sealable pull out keyboard drawer is used for almost all ACSs 2 Enclosure shall be lockable using a keyed lockset
45. NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Maintenance Center 40 Emergency Backup Generators 70 Hypo Bisulfite Building 75 5 Settling Basins Area 80 Final Settling Tanks Area 81 Trickling Filters Area 82 Solids Contact Tanks Area 83 Primary Effluent Pump Station 84 Blower Room Solids Contact Area 85 Return Secondary Sludge Building 86 RSS Pumps Odor Control Building 87 MCC Room TF SC Complex 88 Substation 9 SC Complex 89 Locker Storage Building 90 Inactive Formerly Stockroom Building 91 Machine Shop Area 92 Fuel Oil Storage Area 93 Gas Meter House Building 94 Security Building 96 Inactive Formerly Permanent Office Trailers 97 General Plant Area 99 Part II Standards and Conventions 85 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District 9 1 B Easterly Wastewater Treatment Center Easterly Wastewater Treatment Plant Area Description Code Inactive Retired 01 Inactive Retired 02 Screening Area 05 Screening Conveyance Area 06 Detritus Tanks Area 07 Grit Dewatering Area 08 Collinwood Pump Area 09 Headworks Main Control Area 10 Headworks Building Lower Level 11 Headworks Building Upper Level 14 Engineer Building Lube Shop 15 Pre Aeration
46. Operations personnel at the nearest node s shall be able to control nearby equipment Part II Standards and Conventions 10 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 1 7 Process Control and Automation System Design Support Documentation It is essential that the District have complete and accurate information describing the sources of process data monitored by the process control and automation system or by independent data acquisition systems or components Designers that are undertaking projects that in any way involve data acquisition by the District s instrumentation and or control systems shall produce and incorporate in the design documents supporting documentation describing in detail any computations derivations extrapolations and other algorithms that are used for design of process data acquisition and control elements The supporting documentation must include all relevant details such as equations constants variables exponents Boolean expressions time based actions scaling factors conversions performance computations look up tables and other mathematical or logic operations The documentation must provide references for the source of equations tables and other algorithms that are used in the design Examples may be orifice weir Sluice flume and pipe flow equations pump curves venturi curves and so on Generally the process
47. SLC 500 PLCs will follow PLC 5 conventions but are not in use currently except as part of equipment packages The District is evaluating installation of SLC 500s at collection system sites RSLogix 500 software will be used All new PLCs purchased will be Rockwell ControlLogix Section 3 3 Allen Bradley Operator Interface Allen Bradley Color LCD PanelView Plus 6 graphic terminals must be used for non HMI operator interface terminals OIT The PLC OIT network shall be separated from the PLC HMI control network This will require multiple Ethernet modules in the PLC rack Since models change with relative frequency contact your NEORSD project manager for information regarding Panel View specifications Transfer Ranges To From PLC PLC5 SLC500 Only Operator Interface rack addressing is not standardized Thorough annotation is required Software Panel Builder from Rockwell Automation is required for applications programming Thorough documentation and annotation is required Section 3 4 Other PLC Programming Conventions Section to be completed if the District retains the few other PLCs it has General Electric Modicon Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if reprogramming of existing GE PLCs is required Part II Standards and Conventions 50 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 3 5 Analog Round
48. V 101 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 4 7 G Alarm Displays The default alarm display shall be used in all PanelView applications This display by default will open a pop up when a new alarm is generated and displays an alarm banner object Active and or unacknowledged alarms may be viewed from the Alarm List object displayed on the Alarm Summary graphic which is accessible via navigation from all screens A historical log generated alarms is accessible from a similar Alarm List object displayed on the Alarm History graphic This graphic is accessible from the Alarm Summary graphic The Alarm Status graphic displays configuration and diagnostic information regarding the alarm setup for the PanelView application Alarm Status information is only accessible to user accounts with Maintenance level or higher credentials No other alarm objects including alarm lists or banners should be created within the PanelView application 4 7 H Alarm Filtering Alarm filtering should not be incorporated into any alarm object within the PanelView Plus 6 application The Alarm Summary Alarm History and Alarm Status displays by default must show all configured alarms Part V CLX WW PV V 102 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Section 4 8 Trending 4 8 Trend Areas Area
49. V 59 Section 3 4 Controller to Controller Communication V 60 DAE eo Message NM epee M EM E E V 60 3 4 B DDSUITIG aed V 60 Section 3 3 Controller u n nak ua ES STS Nor nr leds a nee ia V 60 bo emi ute V 60 o EO CEN V 60 33C AAHAS T V 60 3 5 D User Defined Data Types V 61 Sep 3 0 Task V 61 R Elo o Boo e eU E V 61 3 6 B General Pere Tasks a aaa dite arta a Me V 61 PID Control TASK dec V 61 3 6 D 70 Mapping TasK V 62 3 6 E Process Control ae DREAM V 62 3 0 WSCC ASUS IG Hp V 62 3 6 G General Event FA IRR MM Lu a MED RR VASE Ren ERR ER V 62 3 6 H Unscheduled Programs and Inhibited Tasks V 62 Section 3 7 Standard Program Structure V 62 General EN E m Mm V 62 3 7 B PID Control EO o o V 62 3 7 C Process Control Programs
50. Valid ranges are from 01 to 39 DISP Unique number referencing a particular process or display within the area Valid range is 1 through 9 AREA PROC Up to a 10 character description for identifying the common grouping of screens referenced by the AREA field Use the abbreviations in Part Section 7 when applicable DISPLAY Description identifying the display graphic referenced by the DISP field Note if the description exceeds 20 characters try shortening it by using standard abbreviations shown in Part IV Section 7 Examples 021 FW OVERVIEW 022 FW SOFTENERS 041 DSP OVERVIEW 044 DSP DSP STPTS Part V CLX WW PV V 87 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District The display title shown in the upper left hand corner of each display shall use the same display name as outlined above 4 4 C Color Standards The following is a general guideline on the use of coloring object s and animation Background Light Gray Use Base Project Default Header Background Nav and Medium Gray Use Base Project Default Other Display Buttons Process Piping Reference figure below Status Animations Reference District Standard Section Part II Section 1 1 On Off Event Fault Numeric Display Numeric Input Light Gray Background Black Font Disabled Numeric Input Enable White Letters Black Backgrou
51. a BBTmV Seams continuously welded and ground smooth Remove corrosion burrs sharp edges and mill scale No holes or knockouts unless otherwise specified Removable heavy gauge continuous stainless steel door hinges Provide 12 inch floor stands welded to the enclosure unless otherwise specified Floor stands to be stainless steel for NEMA 4X panels Rolled flanges around three sides of door and all sides of enclosure opening to exclude liquids and contaminants Overlapping doors or removable center post Body stiffeners and panel supports as required Provide handle operated oil tight key lockable three point stainless steel latching system with rollers on latch rods for easy door closing for control room panels Data pocket mounted inside panel on door s Oil resistant door gasket with oil resistant adhesive Ground studs in body of enclosure Bonding provision on doors Lifting eyes as required NEMA 4X panels to have stainless steel lifting eyes Bottom 12 inches of panels shall be free of all devices including terminal strips to provide ease of installation and testing No device mounted on a surface or door of the panel shall be mounted less than 36 inches above the operating floor level unless otherwise specified 4 Frame or wall mounted panels shall be minimum 14 gauge for all surfaces a b Seams continuously welded and ground smooth No holes or knockouts unless otherwise specified Part II
52. operator interface terminal OIT etc Wastewater Treatment Plant Panel Tag Format S AA P P N N Where S 15 the site designator upper case alpha is for Easterly W for Westerly 5 for Southerly AA is a two digit numeric code designating the process area in a treatment plant See tables below for numeric codes for plant areas is the abbreviation upper case alpha characters for the type of panel or device Examples are PLC RIO LCP LCS MCC VFD OIT HMI See panel abbreviation list in Part IV Section 7 1 is the identifier for the PLC OIT MCC etc Examples are CN CS1 CS2 COLI COL8A RSPI Sample treatment plant panel tags S 19 PLC CS S 20 PLC CN S 19 RIO CS1 S 19 OIT CS1 S 19 OIT CS2 5 20 PLC BLI S 20 PLC BL2 Collection System Panel Tag Format Part II Standards and Conventions II 83 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District S L L P P N N Where S 15 the Collection System site type designator upper case P is used for remote pump stations and is for automated regulator sites Other Collection System site abbreviations are listed in Part IL Section 1 5 Paragraph I Site Designator LL is a two or three character upper case alpha code designating the location in the Collection System One example is DA for the Division
53. 0 N700 3 32768 0 Part II Standards and Conventions 57 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District CPT 0011 Compute Dest F800 1 4 95 Expression N700 3 32768 0 N700 2 N700 1 CPT 0012 Compute Dest F800 0 85 0 Expression 800 0 N700 1 RET 0013 Return Return Parameter F800 1 0014 CEND gt Part II Standards and Conventions 58 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District SECTION 4 COMPUTER HARDWARE Section 4 0 Introduction The majority of computer hardware is consistent across viewers servers historians and domain controllers Differing power supply and hard drive configurations have been implemented for the servers The computers can hold two microprocessors although only one is installed Section 4 1 Area Control Stations ACS Viewer This section provides the detailed requirements for an ACS An ACS includes the following A Computer System B Monitor C Keyboard D Enclosure Detailed Specifications 4 1 Computer System 1 The computers are Compaq Proliant 1600 and have the following components Pentium II microprocessor 450MHz 9 1Gb SCSI hot swappable hard drive in sled Motherboard mounted SCSI controller and IDE controller
54. 0 to an exponent number For example the number 10 000 000 is automatically converted to 1E7 Similarly for negative numbers the number 10 000 000 is automatically converted to 1E7 These numbers are passed through the truncating logic input to output These limitations can be prevented by understanding your data and the data s potential range 810 50 Ladder File 11 393 70 INGATES QA 51 Ladder File 31 No 804 133 INGATES_QB 52 Ladder File 31 No 824 138 INGATES_QC 53 Ladder File 31 No 824 138 INGATES QD 54 Ladder File 31 No 811 134 N80 67 Ladder File 116 No 2856 354 ICSOTF FIFO 69 Ladder File 67 No 5238 723 GAS DETECT 70 Ladder File 28 No 526 79 FL ROUND 71 Ladder File 15 No 400 51 Next program ladder available Note DO NOT INSERT IF THERE ARE OPEN PROGRAM FILES Part II Standards and Conventions 53 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District FT ROUND SHALL BE THE LAST PROGRAM FILE WHEN ADDED TO THE PROGRAM Step 3 Insert JSR program blocks The Jump to Subroutine JSR block is positioned after an analog scaling compute block This truncating logic standard does not cover or replace the scaling practices in the compute block A scaling compute block will produce a float which is the raw unrounded floating point value The scaling compute block output is to be used as the truncating subroutine input The scaling compute
55. 1 2 Crossover q Pri Bck Redundancy Redundancy Thin Client Server 2 DASABTCP DASABCIP Y AB PLC5 AB ControlLogix AB PLC5 AB Controllogix Eth AB PLC5 AB ControlLogix Ethernet Ethernet System Features Single Galaxy Repository Server Redundant AOS Servers for each processing site Redundant DA Servers for each processing site Redundant Thin Client Servers for each processing site Historian Store Forward prevents data loss by locally buffering data in the event the primary historian connection is lost Section 2 3 Software 2 3 A New Applications All new applications are required to be developed using the latest available NEORSD provided galaxy CAB file or equivalent This export will contain all the currently available released standard library objects and InTouch application to support development activities This export will be re created periodically as functional elements are added and or enhanced Additionally other exports will be created as required in order to maintain an appropriate level of application consistency between the NEORSD master galaxy and any standalone in development copies Part V CLX WW PV V 3 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District The NEORSD Wonderware HMI is a managed InTou
56. 1 Computer Network Operating System The operating system was chosen in tandem with the HMI software The HMI software chosen runs only on Microsoft Windows 95 NT at the time of writing Since the system was required to use NT Server the NT domain model was used for the network A single domain model was used with the domain master at Southerly and domain backups at Easterly and Westerly This scheme along with the IP numbering scheme will allow the entire Control network to be treated as a single entity when connected by a wide area network The network is currently administered as separate networks with intermittent communication between domain servers to synchronize files services and so on We are planning to upgrade to Windows 2000 when a version of Cimplicity becomes certified for use with it That said it should also be noted that upgrades and service packs are not applied without evaluation Unless there is a defined benefit to move to a certain version or patch level the adage if it ain t broke don t fix it holds At this time 2013 the GE Cimplicity HMI software is being replaced District wide with Wonderware HMI See the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the latest developments 5 1 Requirements The operating system software for the Control network computers is Windows NT 4 0 currently patched to service pack 4 NT Server is used for the domain server Oracle application servers and ACS S Cimpl
57. 1 10 C Object Attributes To aid in general understanding a brief explanation of objects and attributes is provided here For more information please reference the NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual A complete object consists of three parts add on instruction AOI in the ControlLogix family of processors a global object in the OIT PanelView and a template instance in Wonderware The templates and global objects are designed to align with the AOI and through base template scripting HMI and RSLinxEnterprise OIT automatically link the individual graphical properties to AOI parameters These graphical properties are referred to as attributes Some typical attributes include indication feedback alarms and command output In the past each IO point would be mapped to a separate tag resulting in individual tags for different physical IO such as Motor running Motor Speed or Motor Start Command With the District Standard Objects separate tags are no longer to be used Instead all of the parameters of a physical device limit switches running feedback fault indications etc are mapped to a single AOI instance in the PLC The HMI template instance is linked to this AOI via scripting and the use of a common object name To clarify this principle consider the implementation of a discrete valve Implementation Example Description process water tankl drain valve 4200 at Southerly Solids Handlin
58. 1 4 0 05 Mar 2012 PSIM Part II Section 2 2 F Update OIT specifications 1 4 0 05 Mar 2012 PSIM Part II Section 2 4 F Changed Stop PB to extended style 1 4 0 19 Mar 2012 PSIM Part II Section 7 Removed Electrical standards maintained separately 1 4 1 02 Apr 2012 PSIM Part Section 1 5 Added RS for Riverbed Street remote site 1 4 1 02 Apr 2012 PSIM Part Section 7 Added section 7 0 so info is show in table of contents 1 5 0 12 Jul 2012 PSIM Part II Section 1 9 Removed attribute from examples added new subsection 1 5 0 12 Jul 2012 PSIM Part H 2 2 B C D E F Updated Rockwell PLC OIT and power supply details 1 5 0 05 Nov 2012 PSIM Part Sec 2 2 Added the conformal coating requirement 1 5 0 05 Nov 2012 PSIM Part V Sec 2 4 A Clarified default operator access allows set point changes 1 5 0 05 Nov 2012 PSIM Part V Sec 2 2 2 4 2 5 2 9 Updated assorted WW details 1 5 0 07 Dec 2012 PSIM Part V Sec 2 2 G 2 2 H Added Instance naming details 1 5 0 07 Dec 2012 PSIM Part V Section 5 Added DeviceLogix standards 1 5 0 07 Jan 2013 PSIM Part V Sec 2 8 3 5 3 13 Clarified AOVUDT usage 1 5 1 08 Feb 2013 PSIM Part IV Removed erroneous blank sections 1 6 0 12 Jun 2013 PSIM Part V Assorted updates per the PC amp A workshop action items 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part II Section 2 2 F Updated OIT specifications to include Notes to Specifier added 15 inch display eliminated distinction between wastewater plants and collection system added keypad touch screen combinatio
59. 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part II Section 6 5 Added cellular for pump station communications 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part IL Sections 1 8 3 1 F Updated District contact person for Automation updates 3 4 4 1 A 4 2 A 4 3 A from Jim Klosz and Scott Sander to the Manager of 4 4 5 0 5 1 5 1 5 2 Process Control amp Automation Did not change Last 5 2 B 5 2 C 5 2 F 5 2 G Edited section date for affected sections unless other text 5 3 5 3 A 5 3 B 5 4 within the section was revised 5 4 A 6 5 6 6 6 7 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part IL Section 9 1 Separated instrument tag formats by treatment plant and collection system Added control valves to instrument tag format 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part Section 9 1 Added panel tag format for treatment plants and for collection system 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part II Section 9 1 B Add Area 20 for Aerated Grit Facility to Easterly process area number list 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part IV Section 7 0 Added abbreviations for Grease and Object Trap 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 Westin Part I Sections Extensive revisions See revisions below for a summary of the major changes See Revision 1 6 1 for above referenced revisions Section numbering changed in Revision 2 0 0 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 Westin Part I Revised the NEORSD Standards Deviation Request Form 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 Westin Part II Deleted all information about the GE Cimplicity legacy HMI system Included in the deletions w
60. 2 F System Checkout Startup and Commissioning Responsibilities CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing all labor materials equipment and incidentals necessary to perform and coordinate the checkout startup field testing and commissioning of the instrumentation and control system CONTRACTOR shall retain the services of the System Integrator to supervise and or perform checkout and startup of all system components As part of these services the System Integrator shall include for those equipment items not manufactured by him the services of an authorized manufacturer s representative to check the equipment installation and place the equipment in operation manufacturer s representative shall be thoroughly knowledgeable about the installation operation and maintenance of the equipment Part II Standards and Conventions II 93 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District The Contractor shall supply the District with all information required including as the District or its representative may request references to engineering standards engineering practices and recommendations and physical systems and equipment that validate analytical mathematical expressions programmed into the process control system for the District to configure or program equipment or control systems under the District s responsibility Information shall be complete and provid
61. All wiring to panel connections from field instruments devices and other panels shall be terminated at master numbered terminal strips unless otherwise specified Splicing of conductors or cables is not permitted c Provide copper grounding studs for all panel equipment d Internal wiring shall be Type THHN stranded copper wire with thermoplastic insulation rated for 600 V at 85 C for single conductors color coded and labeled with wire identification For internal panel DC signal wiring use shielded minimum No 18 AWG For DC field signal wiring terminal strips shall be capable of handling minimum No 12 AWG wiring f For internal panel AC power wiring use minimum No 12 AWG For AC signal and control wiring use minimum No 16 AWG For wiring carrying more than 15 amps use sizes required by the NEC g Separate and shield DC signal wiring from power and control wiring by a minimum of 6 inches Design to avoid DC and power control wiring from Part II Standards and Conventions 23 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 5 crossing each other If a crossing cannot be avoided then the crossing shall be at right angles Group or bundle parallel runs of wire using covered slotted troughs Maximum bundle size to be 1 inch Troughs shall have 50 percent spare design capacity Install wire troughs along horizontal or vertical routes to pr
62. BTL input source script skips over Me Placeholder when it is found and its internal source mapping back to the UDA provides a valid connection target This solution provides us with a dummy placeholder for the unused attribute value that also removes the point from the I O scan count Part V CLX WW PV V 9 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Ls Regional Sewer District Note It is required that all unused attributes within each object instance use Me Placeholder to remove these points from the I O scan counts 2 6 C BTL Script Locations The BTL scripts and UDAs are found on the m levels of the derived templates These are developed and maintained by Wonderware After ihe BTL levels there is a separate template created for development in which all other templates are derived These templates will have the prefix of NEORSD to clearly show they are created and maintained by the District This creates a centralized location for development that needs to be cascaded to all of the derived templates of this type See the example below for a visualization of the derivation of a template l 59 mAppEngine E TE aAppEngine E 263 NEORSDAppEngine ENG_WSDAP ER ENG_wSDAR Note Developers must avoid making any modifications to these vendor developed and supported templates and or scripts ANY changes made to the application MUS
63. DNY41R 5 001 I O Module Barcode Scanner Communications Adapter DPI to DeviceNet DSI to DeviceNet General Parameters Data EDS File DeviceLogix DeviceNet to SCANport Author NEORSDS 7 Dodge EZLINK uthor NEORSD_JS Bucket D_E3 Plus 35A General Purpose Analog I O Revision General Purpose Discrete Generic Device deprecated for new devices Description 502 North MCC_1 Guard PLC Safety Scanner Cooling Water Pump E3 Plus Overload Relay Human Machine Interface Logic program Inductive Proximity Switch Limit Switch Motor Overload Motor Starter E Photoelectric Sensor 4 PointBus Motor Starter PowerFlex 750 Series via DeviceNet Device Type Start Logic Editor Programmable Logic Controller Rockwell Automation miscellaneous D n SCANport Adapter Safety Controllers Devica Safety Discrete I O Device Smart MCC D Specialty e Vendor OK Cancel Appl Help D Reserved J Part V CLX WW PV V 114 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District Section 5 4 Standard Ladder Editor Commenting Conventions 5 4 Ladder Commenting Ladder Logic rungs must be commented to identify the function purpose of the rung e The first rung of the program should outline the purpos
64. FactoryTalk AssetCentre application More extensive modifications may require re commissioning of the complete SCADA system Functional performance testing for system certification must take place without operator intervention in the processor from beginning to end of the test For this reason a complete pre test shall be conducted using the full functional performance test procedure prior to undertaking the certification test 9 2 N Availability testing Before final turnover of the system to the NEORSD the System Integrator shall be responsible for performing availability testing The test shall determine system availability over a period of time to be determined by the NEORSD Availability is defined as the ratio of uptime to uptime plus downtime The passing availability ratio shall be determined by the NEORSD For most tests downtime shall be equal to zero units of time If availability testing criteria are not met over the testing period then the System Integrator shall re start the testing from the beginning of the defined period of time 9 2 0 Instrument Certification Sheet Prior to loop and functional performance testing all sensors and instruments shall be calibrated and documented using an Instrument Certification Sheet Each Instrument Certification Sheet should include four sections as follows 1 The Project and Instrument Description section which shall include Project Name Project Location e District Proj
65. IN REVERSE DIRECTION SLOW EQUIPMENT RUNNING AT SLOW SPEED FAST EQUIPMENT RUNNING AT FAST SPEED LOC EQUIPMENT UNDER LOCAL CONTROL ACS EQUIPMENT UNDER ACS CONTROL AUTO EQUIPMENT UNDER AUTOMATIC CONTROL MAN EQUIPMENT UNDER MANUAL CONTROL FAIL FAIL EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION 005 OOS EQUIPMENT OFFLINE FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES 805 R OS EQUIPMENT RUNNING WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL FROS FR OS EQUIPMENT RUNNING FORWARDS WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL 05 RV OS EQUIPMENT RUNNING IN REVERSE WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL FAOS FA OS EQUIPMENT RUNNING FAST WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL 81 05 SL OS EQUIPMENT RUNNING SLOW WHILE OUT SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL BLACK INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE Figure II 1 1 4 Standard Dynamic Text Symbols Part II Standards and Conventions II 6 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL W Regional Sewer District PT OP VALVE PARTIALLY OPEN TRANSITION OPND VALVE FULL OPEN CLSD VALVE FULL CLOSED PO OS PARTIALLY OPEN WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL OP OS FULL OPEN WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL CLOS CL OS FULL CLOSE WHILE OUT OF SERVICE UNDER MAINTENANCE CONTROL BLACK INFORMATION IS NOT AVAILABLE ALARM TEXT BOXES STATUS TEXT BOXES ANALOG LEVEL INDICATORS ANALOG S
66. INTOUCH APPLICATION 2 9 4 NEORSD View managed InTouch App 2 9 B Description The InTouch application contains windows dropped ArchestrA instances InTouch tags and a portion of the navigation This InTouch application is deployed to all of the clients and is run on every node to ensure the same application is seen by everyone 2 9 C Functional Details e All managed InTouch instances will be derived from NEORSD View e The application on Startup determines the NodeName and Client ID After 5 second delay the Overview Screen is displayed 2 9 D Condition Scripts Inactivity Warning reference Application Security within for details SInactivity Timeout reference Application Security within for details NewScreen provides permission to InTouch tag Perm Value if you are in the required plant area to operate the targeted equipment on the HMI 2 9 E Data Change Scripts AccessLevel Closes Top Hide Banner if Logged off Minute Opens the ALARM SCREAMER if correct location and active alarm Galaxy ENG ESDAP Redundancy Identity refreshes alarm query when engine failover for Easterly Galaxy ENG_SSDAP Redundancy Identity refreshes alarm query when engine failover for Southerly Galaxy ENG WSDAP Redundancy Identity refreshes alarm query when engine failover for Westerly GoToScreen displays specific windows when monitored bit active SOperatorName On Log off returns correct si
67. LIGHT GREY WIREDUCT PANDUIT WIREDUCT 3 X 4 X amp PANDUIT COVER 3 LIGHT GREY WIREDUCT PANDUIT PANEL BACK CUSTOM 78 94 X 2200 DRILLED 1 OP GALLERY NORTH SOUTHERLY PLANT 2 PLOT DATE 1 05 99 TIME 132746 Revision 2 0 1 IV 10 Part IV Appendices NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District TOMI CBLEDEST d pun i 1031 104 77 1030 25A 1250 14 00 2004 TOOT 001 1913 1920901 SI NOL LAND SIHL 9 E 1320 1 1470 SA 2030 2255252 2120 OQ 1100 SA 3 5 0790 2090 79090 WAA S NOLLVNOOLINDO SIML 9 70 o o o o o o 5 913 DI gt Et o Jo o oJo o 1803 SI NOJLWMODIJADO SIHL SLSEISHESSRYRALS RESVRURARORLASSY g GAES oua a a on 9201 lt 201 01 207 2eot 7204 OWL 1600 SI MILIvS5 3ND SHL 117137 HN s99spHeHERSOURNPUTNREuSu RU E R S o e o on a a n 03
68. Standards and Conventions II 21 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District c Removable heavy gauge continuous stainless steel door hinges d External wall mounting brackets e Rolled flanges around three sides of door and all sides of enclosure opening to exclude liquids and contaminants f Stainless steel quick release screws and clamps on three sides of each door g Hasp and staple for padlocking h Data pocket mounted inside panel on door s i Olil resistant door gasket with oil resistant adhesive j Ground studs in body of enclosure k Bonding provision on doors 5 Panels Located in Hazardous Classified Locations a In addition to meeting the applicable requirements of this specification 1 panels to be installed NEC Class 1 Division or 2 areas gas vapor locations shall meet NEMA 7 requirements 2 Indoor panels to be installed in NEC Class 2 Division 1 or 2 areas dust locations shall meet NEMA 9 requirements b Required Features 1 Light weight and corrosion resistant copper free aluminum 2 Integral cast on mounting lugs 3 Viewing windows if required sized to suit internally mounted components 4 Stainless steel cover bolts 5 Cadmium plated steel mounting pans 6 Manufacturer Adalet or equal c CONTRACTOR may meet hazardous area requirements through alternate means such as purging or the use of intrinsic safety barriers on
69. Tanks Area demolished 18 Aerated Grit Facility 20 Grease Flock Area 21 Grease Reactor Area 22 Chemical Storage and Feed Facility 23 Service Building West Gallery 24 Service Building Central Gallery 25 Service Building East Gallery 26 Service Building Central Gallery Basement Area 27 Primary Settling Tanks Area 28 Primary Main Control Room Area 29 Southerly Pump Building Complex 30 Service Building Area 31 Lake Water Pump Building 32 Lubrication Storage Building Rev F 33 Wet Weather Pump Station Area 34 Aeration Tanks Area 38 Pump Building West Gallery 39 Pump Building East Gallery 40 Pump Building Control Area 41 Pump Building 2nd Level Central Area 42 Pump Building Basement Area 43 Pump Building Area 45 Disinfection Bypass Building 46 Final Settling Tanks Area 48 Ist Floor Blower Room Area 50 2nd Floor Blower Building Area 51 Blower Building Area 54 Emergency Backup Generators 57 Part II Standards and Conventions 86 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Screw Pump Area 67 Area Description Code Effluent Main Control Office 68 Bisulfite Pump and Storage Area 69 Inactive Retired 70 Effluent 2nd Level Basement Area 71 Effluent 3rd Level Basement Area 72 Chlorine Contact Tanks Area 73 Effluent Monitoring Room A
70. Tc 17 1 10 F Format for Description Field 18 1 10 G Other Requirements 18 Section 2 PLC Panel Construction Standards 19 Section 2 0 19 Section 2 1 Panel Construction 19 Section 2 2 PLC Hardware amp Software 29 2 2 A Allen Bradley PLC 5 Longer Specified for New Construction 29 2 2 B Rockwell SLC 500 Series No Longer Specified for New Construction 29 2 2 C Rockwell CGO LOB 29 2 2 D Rockwell CompactLogIXx nasa 33 2 2 E Rockwell Packaged CompactLogix with Embedded I O II 36 2 2 F Operator Interface Terminals OIT II 37 2 2 G Software and Programming as aes 39 Section 2 3 Panel WIDIDB 40 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 3 Wite Types T 40 PALA Standard Pm 41 2222 Warme Separation Distances
71. US Canada Part V CLX WW PV V 54 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL amp 1 Regional Sewer District 2 13 D Site Specific Easterly e Easterly Wastewater Treatment Screen Template THE STANDARD COLOR FOR THESE OBJECTS IN THE EASTERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS SCREEN TEMPLATE IS 255 195 132 RED GREEN BLUE LOG ON Displaying 1 to S of 324 alarms Default 100 Complete Eastern Time US Canada Part V CLX WW PV V 55 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION 2222 Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 13 E Site Specific Westerly e Westerly Wastewater Treatment Screen Template mon mox 236 THE STANDARD COLOR FOR THESE OBJECTS IN THE WESTERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS SCREEN TEMPLATE IS AQUA Part V CLX WW PV V 56 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District SECTION 3 ControlLogix Programming Conventions Section 3 0 Introduction The conventions outlined below have been compiled from Rockwell s Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures document Jan 2010 and good engineering practice standards developed in conjunction with the NEORSD These conventions are designed to promote consistency and familiarity in
72. V 62 3 7 D VO M pping E Em V 63 3 7 B Miscellaneous AX ACIS ss u V 63 Section 3 8 Standard Routine Structure V 63 Cok General uuu naa qa UT V 63 3 8 B Main Routine ccc cccccecccceceecocccccecccccceccccccceseccaeececcatevecccaevesccaevecccaevesecaeers V 63 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 3 8 C Mapping Routines n V 63 Analt VO V 63 3 6 E Digital V 64 SE Ncc Network u V 66 D Dod V 66 3 6 Genstal dian V 66 38 PID LOOPS et V 67 2 8 4 e Process Control aerae ooo doi dua V 67 Section 3 9 Initialization Logic V 67 39 A G en eralsa a V 67 3 9 B Initialize ROUTINE kaqa pusa V 67 Section 3 10 Message Instruction 2 V 68 SNL E V 68 ESO LEES A AUN cesta og cs an ah needa m V 68 3 10 C Peer Messag
73. a minimum of 2 megabytes of user memory I O Capacity Total I O maximum of 480 any mix Module Expansion Minimum of 2 banks Program Scan Time 0 08 ms Boolean Installation Left most module on PLC DIN rail Communication Ports One 1 USB port and two 2 Ethernet ports Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley CompactLogix 1769 L33ER K or current model a Order with conformal coating K designation when available Programming Software Rockwell RSLogix 5000 IEC 61131 6 compliant B Network Communications l ch osa Ethernet use port on processor If additional Ethernet ports are required then use model 1768 ENBTK ControlNet Cat 1769 CNBK DeviceNet Cat 1769 SDNK Other networks as required Order with conformal coating K designation when available Part II Standards and Conventions 33 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District C Power Supplies 2 3 4 Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley Cat 1769 PA4K Input Voltage 120 60 Hz Output Current 4 at 5 VDC minimum Provide cabling as required a Order with conformal coating when available Field Devices Provide power supplies to power field devices that require 24 VDC Mount next to modules a Input Voltage 120 VAC 60 Hz b Output Current Sized for loads at 24 VDC with 25 spare capacity c Provide cables and fusing
74. as Historical Alarms Events The user may acknowledge a select or all alarms and add an alarm comment Filtering is also available to allow the user to sort by state priority or area Below is a screenshot of the AlarmSummary with a description of each of the functions This graphic is also called d AlarmSummary_Easterly e AlarmSummary_Southerly f AlarmSummary_Westerly UNACK RTN 12 21 10 15 17 21 PM 47 TEST XXXX ANALOG Lo ALM Lo Alarm indication 1 2 Z Displaying 1 to tof 1 alarms Default 100 Complete Eastern Time US Canada 3 19 Selected 4 R Start Time End Time 2 1 21 Jul 2009 10 00 00 E Jul 2009 10 08 43 jl SetRange Reset system Alarms 7 Dist Alarm Query WX1UMS190201 GalaxyINEORSD_ALL 8 critical Alarm Query WX4UMS190201WGal yyINEORSD_ALL erAre Reset Qj Unack Alarm Query WX1UMS19020T GalexINEORSD ALL _ 10 11 12131415 16 17 18 19 20 21 Part V CLX WW PV V 13 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Ls Regional Sewer District Graphic Design Element 1 M eS This graphic displays all the current alarms Ack Selected This graphic button acknowledges the selected alarm from the Button DistributedAlarmQuery The user must be logged in to be able to acknowledge an alarm This graphic has a per
75. blank gt Minimum RAM 1024 MB Statistics Average Period 10000 ms Redundancy Redundancy Redundancy Redundancy message channel port s Redundancy Redundancy 30000 primary channel port Message Exchange Message 30000 ms timeout Message Exchange NMX heartbeat period Message Exchange Consecutive number of missed NMX heartbeats 3 allowed Message Exchange Message 5026 exchange port Engine Engine startup type Auto Restart the engine when it fails lt blank gt Enable storage to historian unchecked Scan period 1000 ms Part V CLX WW PV V 30 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Design Element VALUE Scripts Maximum time for scripts 1000 ms to execute Scripts Maximum asynchronous 5 threads thread count Checkpoint period 1000 ms Checkpoint directory location C Checkpoint Alarm throttle limit 2000 alarms s Statistics average period 10000 ms Maximum input queue size 16 MB Engine failure timeout 10000 ms Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Instances ESTSP ESTSR WSTSP WSTSR SSTSP SSTSR 2 7 1 NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient Description The NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient provides connectivity to DDE or SuiteLink I O servers Functional Details e Additional layer between the derived templates and aDDESuiteLinkClient e Supports flexibility of design if a c
76. block floating point number is to have at the end of its description the text RAW to identify it as the unrounded process variable For example description is Raw Sewage Wet Well Level 0 30 FT RAW The scaling and truncating is expected to be performed before transfer to the Program file N80 HMI program file for consistency The Jump to Subroutine block is a two input and one output block Input 1 FLOAT IN The RAW real floating point number Unrounded Input 2 DEC RIGHT Desired amount of digits to the right of the decimal point Output 1 FLOAT ROUNDED Rounded Floating Point number Truncated Value There is one additional parameter the program file number The program file number is assigned according to directions in Part 2 For Input 2 the Truncated Value only has four choices allowed for rounding Any numbers used outside of these for numbers will default back to these numbers For example if 3 is entered the program will operate as if a 0 was set at the input The same goes for numbers greater than three For example if 12 is entered The program will operate as if a 3 was set as the input For standard programming only use the following values e 0 returns a whole number i e 7 501832 returns 7 e I returns one digit to the right of the decimal point i e 7 501832 returns 7 5 2 returns two digits to right of the decimal point i e 7 501832 returns 7 50 e
77. comment capabilities of the software development environment To enhance readability make use of upper and lower cases when commenting 2 10 B Scripting Code Headers Each written code module should contain a script header unless the script itself is basic in nature using standard COTS functionality When possible create a header per the standard indicated below and contained in the supplied developers Galaxy Module Name Author name including Company Name supplying the code module Brief description of the module function Revision history Date the module was changed Name of the person making the change The example below shows a typical Script header vis on H isto Module Script Author Michael R Nicolosi RoviSys Description Enter a meaningful description that summarizes the functionality purpose of the script History Rev By Date Work OrderModification 1 0 Michael Nicolosi RoviSys dd Mmm YY Initial Release Creation of Script Note When script has multiple trigger
78. control and automation system design record should include the determination of proper process variable spans limits and custom programmed operations executed by the process control and automation system involving more than one process variable It does not include functions that are already built into the process control and automation system or those associated with the calculations and operations that are preconfigured in process instrumentation and electrical equipment such as flow transmitters analytical instrumentation and smart instrumentation metering Examples of design record items may include but are not limited to e Process variable and equipment parameter spans and limits used in programmed logic e Conversion of the measure of tank level into volumetric engineering units based on tank geometry Estimated time to fill or empty tanks calculated from valve position pipe size head flow or other factors e Chemical dosage rate based on flow demand and chemical strength e Wire to Water Efficiency for determining selection of best pump combinations The design record should identify applicable standards engineering references product documentation and design factors from all engineering design disciplines that form the basis for calculations equations constants scaling factors ranges and limits and that validate the appropriate use incorporation of these items in process control system programming logic the generation o
79. controller logic layout across ControlLogix and CompactLogix systems installed within the NEORSD 3 0 General Programming programming should follow good engineering practice This document identifies standard tasks programs and routines as well as general principles to be used in all ControlLogix programming Additionally it is required that program logic be grouped by process area or location Programs shall be descriptively named and thoroughly annotated The District reserves the right to request name changes to program Tasks and Routines for general conformity Section 3 1 Firmware Revision 3 1 A Controller Firmware Revision New system installations shall use the latest controller firmware revision approved by the NEORSD Integrators must contact the District for the appropriate controller firmware prior to logic development 3 1 B Control Module Firmware Revision In addition to the controller firmware at a minimum communication bridge modules ControINet Ethernet DeviceNet etc and other high level function modules shall be flashed with the highest level firmware revisions compatible with the specified controller firmware Part V CLX WW PV V 57 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 3 2 Controller Naming The controller name will reflect the process area building location of the actual PLC see table in Part IL Se
80. d Manufacturer and Model 1 Allen Bradley 1606 XLS Performance Series Power DeviceNet or other fieldbus power supplies and power conditioners as required D Modules 1 EA Analog Input a Inputs 4 differential or single ended 4 20 mA isolated with HART communications b Resolution 16 bit unipolar c Installation PLC DIN rail Provide all DIN rail and mounting hardware d Connection Adapter Cable and Terminal Block e Manufacturer and Model Spectrum Controls 1769SC IFAIH Analog Output a Outputs 4 differential 4 20 mA isolated with HART communications b Resolution 16 bit unipolar c Installation PLC DIN rail Provide all DIN rail and mounting hardware e Manufacturer and Model Spectrum Controls 1769SC OF4IH Discrete Input a Inputs 8 general purpose ON OFF 120 VAC isolated Each of the 8 inputs shall be capable of being addressed individually b Installation PLC DIN rail c Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley 1769 IA8I Discrete Output a Outputs 8 isolated dry contact relay output Contacts rated for 2 amps at 120 VAC Install surge protection on all outputs and provide Allen Bradley recommended parts b Installation PLC DIN rail d Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley 1769 OW8I All I O modules shall be supplied with Allen Bradley removable terminal blocks that plug into the front of the I O module Provide minimum 20 spare installed I O for each type of installed I O
81. data to an internal PLC tag This includes physical I O as well as networked I O The majority of projects will include program folders called Analog IO Digital IO Message IO There may also be networked IO such as ControlNet IO DeviceNet IO and Modbus IO 3 7 E Miscellaneous Alarms Under the Misc Logic task create a program area called Misc Alarms for alarms not directly associated with a physical IO point such as OIT alarm triggers Section 3 8 Standard Routine Structure 3 8 A General RSLogix5000 allows the use of ladder diagram function block diagram sequential function chart and structured text routines within the logic Preference to ladder diagrams and function block diagrams shall be made followed by sequential function charts when deemed appropriate No logic or configuration shall be written in structured text without prior approval from the District 3 8 B Main Routine Each program folder must contain a ladder routine named Main as the main routine The purpose of the main routine is to govern the flow of the program The JSR instructions shall be used to reference all other logical routines in the PLC program No other logic is permitted in the main routine It is permitted to condition the JSR with logic to enable or disable the scanning of a particular routine An example would be the case of using the First Scan bit to run initialization logic 3 8 C VO Mapping Routines All control
82. equipment symbols and within small overlay screens A batch command file is used to update screen files on all viewer stations Timestamps are compared to avoid unnecessary copying The operating system s automated replication functions are NOT used so that updates are fully completed and deliberately distributed at an administrator s discretion Part II Standards and Conventions I 12 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 1 9 Reporting Point Changes When a point is changed it may impact Operation Data Management System ODMS reports up to and including EPA 4500 reports All requests for point changes shall be sent to the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for approval prior to making the change The following is a list of reasons to request a point change 1 2 3 A point needs to be added to the point database archived to the historian A point needs to be deleted that was formerly logged to the historian A point s derivation needs to change flows totalizers etc This must be done if the change will result in the reported value being offset from previous values Equipment has been changed or replaced if deleted see reason 2 if different scaling is used new limits or values are required etc However if the new equipment operates the same as the old equipment existing points may be used and no noti
83. final application Default View Only Security Code A e view all process monitoring screens Unable to enter values or change setpoints Unable to open control object faceplates Unable to acknowledge alarms Unable to access PanelView terminal settings The default account is provided for leaving the PanelView in a safe and secure state The user can navigate through the application and monitor process values They are unable to control equipment or setpoints or otherwise impact the running process Operator Security Code A B e view all process monitoring screens Able to open and operate object faceplates for the purpose of device mode selection and manual control e Able to view and acknowledge configured alarms e Unable to enter values or change setpoints for process control Part V CLX WW PV V 97 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District e Unable to enter or change configuration type values on faceplate objects e g alarm limits e Unable to access PanelView terminal settings Operator accounts are provided for basic operator control and monitoring Operators may typically view all process and faceplate data but are unable to change process configuration type values When operator set point manipulation is required it must be provided at this security level Maintenance Security Code A B C e Can view all process monito
84. for adjustment of tint sub tint brightness sub brightness contrast sub contrast picture and audio level The monitors shall have 2 BNC video outputs and 2 BNC video inputs S video input and output connectors The monitors shall be UL listed 2 The monitors shall consist of the following features a Video Input Two 2 1 0 V p p 75 Ohm composite via a BNC connector b Video output Two 2 1 0 V p p 75 Ohm composite via BNC connector c S Video Input One 1 Y 1 0 V p p 75 Ohm C 0 286 V p p 75 Ohm via mini DIN 4 pin connector d S Video Output One 1 Y 1 0 V p p 75 Ohm C 0 286 V p p 75 Ohm via mini DIN 4 pin connector e Audio Input Two 2 8 dB Hi Z via RCA connector f Audio Output Two 2 RCA connecters g Power Supply 120 VAC 60 Hz single phase 3 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a Panasonic b Or equal Part II Standards and Conventions 78 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 8 1 K Digital Multiplexers 1 The digital multiplexer shall be high performance flexible and shall control up to 16 video input channels and permit multiplexed field recording of 16 cameras with a single VCR The unit shall permit full screen monitoring of 4 7 9 10 13 and 16 multi screen monitoring modes The multiplexer shall include front panel and remotely controlled VTR functions including re
85. inches 2 3 D Wire Tagging and Labeling l 2 Wires shall be identified at each end with permanent number codes Where practical wire numbers shall be unique and continuous Where wire numbers change the appropriate drawings shall include both wire numbers clearly indicated at the point of transition Each wire number shall be solid machine printed and shall not be pieced from other single and or double digit tags Wire markers shall be heat oil water and solvent resistant vinyl self laminating self adhesive wrap type labels as manufactured by the W H Brady Co or approved equal All wire labels shall be clearly visible and not hidden by wire duct or other components in the enclosures PLC panel wire tagging shall be in accordance with Part Appendix Sections 1 0 and 2 0 Part II Standards and Conventions 41 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 3 E Grounding 1 Shields a Shields shall be connected to panel isolated ground bus The isolated ground bus shall be attached to building steel 2 Neutrals Returns a Neutrals returns shall be attached to terminal blocks which are connected to the panel neutral bus The panel neutral bus shall be connected to the uninterruptible power supply Reference Standards A Reference Part IL Section 5 1 Panel Construction Installation Details A Reference Part IL Se
86. indication Where required and recommended by the manufacturer external transient suppressor shall be provided for installation across the output loads Part II Standards and Conventions 32 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District k Scaling to engineering units for analog modules 1 Provide required connectors with each I O module Provide minimum 20 spare installed I O for each type of I O installed in every chassis Provide minimum 25 spare space in every chassis for future expansion I O including spares shall be wired to terminal blocks prior to interconnection with other devices See Part Section 5 1 Panel Construction Paragraph E 3 for terminal requirements Manufacturer a Allen Bradley Model according to I O Schedule F Software 1 Provide a licensed copy of all programming and configuration software to the District including electronic and hard copies of all manuals The following software packages shall be furnished in addition to all other software necessary for the proper programming and configuration of the PLCs and their components a RS Logix 5000 b RS NetWorx for ControlNet c RS NetWorx for DeviceNet d RS Linx e FactoryTalk View ME Section 2 2 D Rockwell CompactLogix Detailed Specifications A PLC Processors l 8 The processor shall have a memory expansion submodule with
87. may be entered in the string array The PrintSelect printer captions are entered in the UDA PrinterCaption Attributes PrinterCaption String array are for caption on Faceplate PrinterList String array are for selecting printer on Faceplate Graphics e PrinterSelectButton Allows the user to open the PrinterSelect faceplate to select a printer SELECT 1 gt PRINTER Graphic Design Element UP Function Description 1 Select Printer This graphical button allows the user to open the PrinterSelect faceplate to Button select a printer Part V CLX WW PV V 41 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e PrinterSelectFaceplate Allows the user to select a printer 4 1 gt NMWIDADRW_Admin_Color 100 ADMIN C 300 HUB 2 gt C 500 MAINT 5 3 OK Graphic Design Element Number Er Selected Printer This string is populated with the selected printer after it is set Printer Options The available printers configured in the ArchestrA object UDA array OK Button The OK button will set the selected printer Close Faceplate This will close the faceplate after a printer is selected Instances Easterly PrintSelect Southerly PrintSelect Westerly PrintSelect Part V CLX WW PV V 42 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer Distri
88. or current series OIT PV the CLX tag name must be identical to the corresponding object name in WW and PV Any limitations within those platforms must also be taken into account Internal tag naming tags not communicated to an outside source is left to the discretion of the programmer However these tags should be clearly understandable and shall have the first letter of each word capitalized with no underscores Example InternalTagNamel All tag naming should be consistent For instance naming one tag Input Pressurel and another Input PSII is an example of two names for the same process parameter Even if these tags are not passed to the HMI this naming convention is unacceptable Point tags are not the same as instrument tags A point tag refers to the parameter associated with a device the software tag name The same loop number shall be used for the instrument tag and point tag The point tag name must appear in the system integrator provided I O List The NEORSD reserves the right to request a different tag name should any provided tag names not meet the standard or prove to be unclear 1 10 Format The approach for tag naming is based upon recognized descriptions for the point tag tag names are limited to a total of 32 characters All acronyms are upper case letters No spaces are allowed in the tag name underscores are used instead The convention takes a hierarchical approach to identifying the point tag
89. p composite 75 Ohms BNC Connector d Minimum Ilumination 0 11 fc at f 1 2 Part II Standards and Conventions 74 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e Detail User selectable Sharp or Soft f Temperature 10 deg C to 50 deg C g Humidity 0 to 90 RH Non condensing h Power Requirements 0 2 amps at 120 VAC 60 Hz single phase i Mounting Suitable for outdoor or Indoor mounting 5 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a Panasonic b Orequal 8 1 B Camera Housing 1 2 Camera housings shall be rated for indoor environmental explosion proof applications as required For indoor applications each camera shall be enclosed in an extruded aluminum housing Housing shall include a removable front cap to access lens focus adjustment and servicing and a rear cap for access to camera sled and installation of power and video cables The housing shall be compatible for use with ceiling column pedestal pipe or wall mount brackets For environmental applications each camera shall be enclosed in a weatherproof extruded aluminum housing with thermostat controlled factory installed heater and blower both at 24 vac The housing shall include a side hinge to access lens focus adjustment and servicing and shall be suitable for use with a sun shield The housing shall be compatible for use with ceiling column parape
90. representative of the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR 9 2 J Commissioning Following the instrumentation and control system checkout and initial operation the System Integrator under the supervision of the CONTRACTOR shall perform a complete system test in the presence of the ENGINEER to verify that all equipment is operating properly as a fully integrated system and that the intended monitoring and control functions are fully implemented and operational CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance to the System Integrator Commissioning can only begin when all instruments are installed wired and field calibrated the FAT successfully completed and instrumentation and control documentation updated spare parts must be on site and accepted prior to Commissioning CONTRACTOR shall submit to the Engineer a schedule for Commissioning including a proposed start date at least three weeks in advance Commissioning shall include as a minimum the following checks All wiring shall be checked at each termination point for correct type size color insulation termination and wire number 9 2 K Loop Verification The proper wiring of each control loop shall be physically verified by the Contractor from the field device terminals to the control processor including every intervening panel terminal or device Instruments and devices shall have been field calibrated prior to conducting loop verifications Cable conductor terminal board and
91. shall request the type and version of Rockwell software currently in use at the District for PanelView application development The software should be patched with the most recent patch rollup available from Rockwell prior to application development Section 4 2 Standard PanelView Framework 4 2 A Overview The District maintains a base PanelView project to provide integrators with a starting point in creating new applications The base project contains example displays that use the screen size font display colors etc and other application attributes that adhere to the standard as described in the sections below Note that the District standard is for PanelViews with key pads and touch screens The base PanelView project also contains a set of Global Objects that provide the foundation for PanelView application development The Global Objects templates are designed to simplify PanelView application develop as well as promote consistency on HMI interfaces both between systems and across PanelView and Wonderware platforms 4 2 B Standardized Objects and Functions The PanelView Global Objects standard library contains object symbols that may be dragged and dropped into PanelView HMI graphics These symbols are already configured for animation textual message displays and faceplate links for operator interaction It is the application programmer s responsibility for selecting the correct Global Object from the library and configuring tha
92. shields and grounds and for each type of terminal block with a minimum quantity of five for each type of block and type of wiring Provide a separate terminal for grounding each shielded cable Use separate 5 16 inch diameter copper grounding studs for instrument signal cable shields and AC power Where wires pass through panel walls provide suitable bushings to prevent cutting or abrading of insulation Penetrations to be sealed according to panel NEMA rating and environmental requirements Provide complete wiring diagram showing as built circuitry revisions must be done in CAD no hand written revisions allowed Diagram shall be enclosed in transparent plastic and placed in easily accessible pocket built into panel door Comply with applicable requirements of Section 2 3 Panel Wiring and Part Section 7 Electrical Standards 4 EMI RFI Protection a Construction and design techniques shall be used to minimize EMI RFI Use shielding physical separation filters ferrite beads or other methods Part II Standards and Conventions I 24 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District to insure no interference to or from electrical or battery operated components or devices 5 Surge Protection a General Surge protection shall be provided to protect the electronic instrumentation system from surges propagating along the signal and power sup
93. tasks and unscheduled programs Programmers should not programmatically inhibit or uninhibit tasks Section 3 7 Standard Program Structure 3 7 A General The term Program is the Logix5000 designation given to the folder which hosts various logical routines Programs reside under a specific task Programs shall be used to organize the logic by process area or system function Program names should be intuitive and consistent with area or equipment naming conventions used throughout the PLC code as well as HMI OIT development 3 7 B PID Control Programs Programs shall be created under the PID_Control task for organizing the PID loop control logic The program names shall consist of a prefix referencing the process area or equipment followed PID Examples include Incineratorl PID Centrifuge Pumps PID etc 3 7 C Process Control Programs Programs for process area or equipment control shall be created under the Process Control task The program name is not standardized but should be consistent with area and equipment naming used throughout the PLC code Part V CLX WW PV V 62 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 7 D Mapping Program Under the IO Mapping task create program areas that align with the type of IO associated with PLC These programs shall be used to consolidate the logic routines that move source I O
94. that all LED indicators and switches are readily visible with the panel door open and such that repair and or replacement of any PLC component can be accomplished without disconnecting any wiring or removing any other components Part II Standards and Conventions 1 47 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District SECTION 3 PLC PROGRAMMING STANDARDS Section 3 0 Introduction With over 50 PLCs deployed at one plant alone it is not possible for an individual to retain detailed knowledge about all the PLCs in place Standard ranges and schemes are necessary to keep some uniformity among the ladder logic and files Almost all PLCs have some control outputs very few are used only for monitoring Section 3 1 Allen Bradley PLC 5 Programming Conventions Almost all plant process PLCs are Allen Bradley PLC 5 and all that are connected to the Control Network are Ethernet processors e g PLC 5 60E Data Highway cabling is used to connect remote I O and a small amount of Flex I O to the processors Extended I O is not used Future purchases of new PLC equipment not add ons to existing PLC 5s will be Rockwell ControlLogix 3 1 A Ranges addresses are fixed by rack numbers and slot numbers Inputs are usually arranged in the lower racks with digitals preceding analogs Complementary I O is not to be used I O is arranged to concentrate related inputs
95. to CLX WW standard 0 0 1 02 Dec 2010 PSIM Part V Section 3 12 Added Control Modes description 1 0 0 15 Dec 2010 PSIM All Updates and clarifications to multiple sections Includes 12 6 10 workshop comments 1 1 0 20 Jan 2011 PSIM Part V Section 2 4 2 7 Clarification on WW platform 2 9 2 10 2 11 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part II Section 9 Corrected section numbering 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part II Section 1 9 Clarified use of Train amp Parallel fields 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part V Section 3 4 3 8 Message routing Referenced Discrete AOI Referenced 3 11 PLC _Status AOI 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part V Section 4 3 4 4 Application and Display Naming Alarms Trends 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 4E Default Security Key Assignments 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part IV Section 7 Added more abbreviations to tables 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part V Section 2 7 2 6 D Updates and clarifications to all sub sections added deadband logging 1 2 0 02 Mar 2011 PSIM Part II Section 2 2 2 4D Added requirement for conformal coating to PLC 2 4E components and relays 1 3 0 31 May 2011 PSIM Part II Section 7 Added additional abbreviations 1 3 0 31 May 2011 PSIM Part IV Section 1 1 Updated CLX wire tagging convention 1 3 0 12 Jun 2011 PSIM Part V Section 2 10 F Revised WW graphic naming 1 3 0 15 Jun 2011 PSIM Part V Section 3 8D 3 8H Clarified analog IO mapping Digital IO mapping 3 11D 4 10 removed HMI button desc updated diagnostics 1 3 1 16 Jun 2011 PSIM Updated revisio
96. types default location for Standard Code Header is in the first one used Part V CLX WW PV V 46 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 2 10 C Scripting Code Structure Practices Large scripts should be separated into smaller functional elements with each major part commented to indicate what it is doing e Show nesting structures clearly by making use of multi line IF THEN ELSE coding practices e Use consistent indentation to show nesting structures clearly For example make use of multi line IF THEN ELSE and For Next loops e If in line comments are used make sure they line up to the right of the executable code e Add a blank line between after the header after variable declarations and above and below nested structures IF THEN ELSE For Next etc 2 10 D Dead Code Good engineering practice is to avoid dead code Dead code is defined as code that is resident in the program but cannot execute Comments are not considered dead code 2 10 E ArchestrA Device Object Instances ArchestrA Object Instances must be created from the appropriate ArchestrA Device Object Template Reference NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual for the list of available object templates and design details Part V CLX WW PV V 47 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District
97. 12 inches on centers each way Minimum Size 12 inches larger than outer dimensions of base each side Provide excavation and backfill work in conformance with the Division 2 specifications Provide concrete work in conformance with the Division 3 specifications Part II Standards and Conventions 28 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 8 Unless otherwise noted install all frame mounted indoor and outdoor panels using 316 stainless steel strut style structural support framing system members plates and fasteners Frame bases shall be installed on a minimum one inch thick non shrink grout pad with edges sloped away from the base plate 9 Install wall mounted enclosures and control panels using appropriately sized aluminum or 316 stainless steel strut style support channels securely anchored to wall surface to provide offset mounting for air circulation behind panel Do not install wall mounted panels directly on wall surfaces Comply with requirements of the Division 26 specifications for support framing system materials and methods Reference Part II Section 7 1 10 Install anchor bolts and anchor in accordance with the Division 5 specifications 11 Install and interconnect all equipment devices electrical hardware instrumentation controls and process control components into and out of and among the enclosures Section 2 2 PLC Hardware amp So
98. 2 T A Ta EROS CREDI istoc ot ERR ROG NH vC o V 11 2 7 B E gineForAlmLogSerViC axes ouai dade Fr tow ortu dts vd denn V 17 ZT V 20 2 D I C PH eee V 21 27 B u V 23 2E NBORSDADDEDEHT iet itia tertio eoe V 26 2 7 G V 28 27 IISSNHEORSDAtRSA V 29 21 8NBEORSDCIlent V 30 204 SNEORSDDDESUuiteLinkClient a V 31 2 7 K SNEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient_HIS dece RI OE Re im V 34 2 DECIR C mc V 36 2 S NEQRSDUSserDefined V 37 2 7 N SNEORSDViewEngine u V 38 2 7 0 NEORSDWinPlatform V 39 2 J P PrinterSel tua Pe od ter Pe eet ee V 41 29 O 5 Bo P V 43 Section 2 8 Device Object Template Library V 43 Section 2 9 gt InTouch V 44 2 9 A SNEORSD View managed InTouch App esses V 44 20 D SAMO umata ees V 44 2 0 Functional V 44 2 9 D Condition Acsi e V 44
99. 2 or 3 letter designator for the process area or equipment associated with the remote rack Note one PLC may have remote racks in different process areas Rack Rack number as assigned in I O Configuration Examples INC_Rack1 the second logical rack Rack 0 is the first rack located in the fluidized bed incinerator area DW Rack2 the third logical rack located in the dewatering area 3 3 D Usage in Logic Module Defined controller tags shall be referenced in the controller logic within I O mapping routines These routines are designed to provide a single location within the logic where all I O tag status and values are updated once per program scan to prevent inputs from changing during scan This is commonly known as buffering I O Details in configuring I O mapping routines are provided in subsequent sections of this document Part V CLX WW PV V 59 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 3 4 Controller to Controller Communication 3 4 A Message Instructions Controller to controller communication is permitted over the control network through use of message instructions Preference shall be made to discrete I O signals for the use of interlocking and control of process points deemed critical or hazardous Message instructions offer the following benefits e Ability to establish new connections to another controller without taking
100. 3 returns three digits to the right of the decimal point i e 7 501832 returns 7 502 The Output is self explanatory and is the desired result for the defined process variable and desired precision level The description of the truncated value will be following our example from above Raw Sewage Wet Well Level 0 30 FT see Figure 1 below Part II Standards and Conventions II 54 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION 2222 Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Figure 1 CPT Compute Dest F12 115 7 501832 Expression N10 22 4095 0 30 0 JSR Jump To Subroutine Prog File Number U 71 Input Parameter F12 115 Input Parameter 1 Return Parameter F12 36 Note ALL CONTROL LOGIC SHALL USE OUTPUT 1 ONLY Additional CPT and logic block may be used as long as Output 1 is referenced and not Input 1 Part II Standards and Conventions II 55 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District 3 5 E Ladder Logic Printed Below is the printed truncation ladder logic for reference This code is available from the NEORSD contact your project representative for more details LAD 31 FL ROUND Total Rungs in File 15 SBR LES 0000 Subroutine Less Than A lt B Input Parameter 800 0 700 0 Input Parameter N700 0 2 Source
101. 52 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 12 10 V 52 2 12 Common Peatul V 52 Section2 T5 e M V 53 2 13 Adding New Windows seu ette Ia edere Erben Da V 53 2 1 c V 53 2 3 C Site Specific Southefly aqu sasa pass V 54 2 13 D Site Specific Easterly V 55 2 13 SDBOLEIG V 56 Section 3 ControlLogix Programming Conventions V 57 SCH 30 s IDEFOOUCETOTE V 57 3 0 General PrOSEAPIHITIS suene o pe boit pp HMM P Sae aH V 57 Section 3 1 Firmware Revision V 57 Controller Firmware Revision V 57 3 1 B Control Module Firmware Revision ao id Mire yu V 57 Section 3 2 Controller Naming V 58 Section 3 3 Controller Fc V 58 3 3 A VO DIStrIDUUIOn E V 58 3 3 B VO Electronic V 58 3 3 C Module and Remote Rack Naming V 59 3 3 D VO in LO Pie
102. 8 01 FROM PLC 5 M 5 6 7 8 93 94 9 ZEE LEER SPARE CONTACT FOR FUTURE USE B I Iz i I A TOPIC amp SAMPLE CONTROL SCHEMATIC WITH TERMINATIONS PLC 5 MALCOLM PIRNIE INC Part IV Appendices IV 6 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District SECTION 3 PLC 5 PANEL SAMPLE INTERPOSING TERMINAL WIRE TAGGING 1 96 OT 000 CH01 E RS F 151 1 606 CH1 did 5 151 1 CH1 ES gt I God 2 S E RS P 152 1 I 000 CH2 A M I 9 2 gt fe eae 1 999 CHO3 foe I CH93 aL es S oN PART SECTION 2 3 OF THE STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL PLC 5 PANEL AND NEW WIRING IRNI ANALOG CARD KE SEE NOTE 999 91 ial P101 21 E RS F 151 H 0 1 dod pic P101 21 E RS F 151 H 1C ppg ac 9 000 0 gt 7 TEN H S 990 02 2 S amp P101 21 E RS F 152 H 000 02 L 2 P101 21 E RS F 152 H dd d2C e poe et T 20 1986 63 E Rs r ist 944 63 m 03 ES 1 009 03
103. 88 Building Maintenance Scour Bldg 89 Inactive Retired 91 Water Meter House 1 amp 2 93 Gas Meter House 94 Maintenance Building 95 Security Building 96 Resident Engineering Building 97 General Plant Area 99 Part Standards and Conventions 89 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 9 2 System Integrator 9 2 Summary equipment components and materials required for the control system network and other items within scope shall be furnished by the System Integrator who shall assume the responsibili ty for suitability and performance of all items New panels and the equipment inside those panels shall be furnished and mounted by the System Integrator All wiring within the panel shall be provided by the System Integrator Equipment for existing panels shall be provided and installed by the System Integrator Installation of the panels and mounting hardware and the procurement and installation of all interconnecting wire cable conduit and cable tray as required shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR The CONTRACTOR shall also provide and install all power and other services required by the panels It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to insure that the System Integrator is performing required duties and providing required drawings documentation and data 9 2 B System Integrator s Qualificati
104. AID SCSI controller Motherboard mounted SCSI controller and IDE controller Motherboard mounted Ethernet card Netelligent 10 100 TX Matrox G200 video card 256Mb RAM CD ROM drive Floppy drive Redundant power supplies three in hot swap configuration ce ike po B B t e Please note that computer specifications change several times a year as options are changed or upgraded This equipment list is correct only at the time of writing If any computers are to be procured please contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for current specifications 4 3 B Monitor 1 17 CRT monitors are used for these computers Minimum resolution of 1280x1024 and a tight dot pitch are required 2 Manufacturer Mag or Compaq 3 Model Mag 720V or Compaq P75 4 3 C Keyboard 1 Standard Compaq keyboards and mice are used with these computers 4 3 D Enclosure NA Part II Standards and Conventions 63 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 4 4 Printers This section provides the detailed requirements for printers There are currently three types used report alarm and graphics printers two versions of graphics printers See the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the current requirements and model numbers Detailed Specifications 4 4 A Report Printer 1 A high durability 600 dot laser printer is required Print r
105. ATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 5 2 Standard Program Structure 5 2 Logic Routines DeviceLogix allows for function blocks or ladder logic programming However the District requires all DeviceLogix programming to be done in ladder logic for ease of maintenance 5 2 B Node Address Each device on a DeviceNet network must have a unique node address which can be set to a value from 0 to 63 Address is always reserved for the master device Scanner and node address 63 should be left vacant for introduction of new slave devices 5 2 C Network Communication Speed The data rate of all the devices connected to the network is user configurable but ultimately limited by the distance of the DeviceNet cable For consistency purposes the network speed should be set for 125K baud 5 2 D Commenting Logic All RSNetWorx programs must be accurately commented The first rung comment should describe the purpose of the logic with following rungs adding detail as necessary Commenting includes all program titles all program logic and all program elements 5 2 E EDS Files RSNetWorx for DeviceNet software can access only those DevicNet devices that have been registered You must use the EDS Wizard for registering EDS files for unknown devices as well as installing EDS files The District requires the contractor to supply EDS files for all new devices Section 5 3 Standa
106. Avenue pump station See Part IL Section 1 5 Paragraph II Collection System and Remote Sites for the codes is the abbreviation upper case alpha characters for the type of panel or device Examples are PLC RIO LCP LCS MCC VFD OIT HMI See panel abbreviation list in Part IV Section 7 1 is the identifier for the PLC OIT MCC etc Below are process area codes AA in instrument control valve and panel tag format for the wastewater treatment plants the Westerly Wastewater Treatment Center the Easterly Wastewater Treatment Plant and the Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center The process area codes below were updated in December 2012 Changes to the codes and descriptions after this date and before the next revision of the Plant Automation Standards Manual can be found in the District s Oracle Work and Asset Management system WAM SPL 9 1 A Westerly Wastewater Treatment Center Westerly Wastewater Treatment Center Area Description Code Administration Building 10 Switchgear Building 11 Screen Building 12 5 Dewatering Building 13 Pipe Gallery Area Plant wide 14 Primary Settling Tanks Area 15 CSOTF Degritting Building 16 Solids Handling Building 20 Inactive Formerly Lube Storage Building 21 Gravity Thickener Tank Area 25 Chemical Handling Building 30 Disinfection Area 35 Part II Standards and Conventions 84 Revision 2 0 1
107. B Provide the initial programming and system configuration for all PLCs HMIs OITs and servers required to make the system s function in accordance with the contract documents subsequent control system and control strategy workshops and submittal review comments Provide electronic copies of all documentation describing the programming and database developed for the project including but not limited to 1 Control logic listings with detailed descriptions for each rung function module etc 2 Register content tables 3 System configuration information 4 Other documentation as described herein C Provide updates to the software programming including all updated documentation to reflect all factory and field changes modifications system debugging etc required during design factory testing jobsite start up training operational demonstration and operation by District personnel up to and including the issue of the Certificate of Substantial Completion or the end of the Post Commissioning Services period as applicable to the Project D The District s process control system Change Management and Version Control standards must be adhered to Software and programming revisions updates and patches shall be continuously managed and documented through the duration of the project The objective of version control and change management is to ensure that all programs reside in the equipment for which they are intended and that those ver
108. CK DIAGRAM S ocm M lt U a O 2 A CJ O C gt WV el siNMId MONWA Part III Control Network 3 2 0 1 Northeast Ohio WZ Regional Sewer District NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Part IV APPENDICES SECTION 1 WIRE TAGGING AND NUMBERING CONVENTION ing and Numbering Convention PLC 5 Wire Ta Section 1 0 069 DIGITAL CARD croup 0 RACK NPUT NUMBER 999 ANALOG CARD OUTPUT CARD 1 96 CH 511 1 00 0 K NUMBER CHANNEL V NEW WIRE NUMBER m 0006 511 1 2 00 01 uwes e ddp TOUR em NUMBER SE NOS NUMBER NOTE NEW WIRE NUMBERS SHALL BE PREFIXED WITH SCHEMATIC LADDER NUMBERS SEE PART 11 SECTION 2 5 OF THE STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL MALCOLM INC TH PLC 5 WIRE TAGGING AND NUMBERING Revision 2 0 1 IV 4 Part Appendices Northeast Ohio w Reg NEORSD AUTOMATION Sewer District Iona STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Convention In Section 1 1 ControlLogix Wire FORMAT 58 CH OR INSTRUMENT TAG RACK NUMBER RACK ASSIGNMENTS START WITH 707 FOR THE LOCAL RAC lt S SLOT NUMBER CK CHANNE
109. CLX WW PV V 33 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Instances When naming the instances make the name match the name of the associated PLC followed by SL For example if the PLC is named SH solids handling the contained SuiteLink instance should be named SH_SL 2 7 K NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient_HIS Description The NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient_HIS provides connectivity to the SuiteLink I O server on the Historian A separate Suitelink template is needed because the Historian does not have redundancy Functional Details e Provides connection to the historian to monitor the historian s status and alarms e Script included which reconnects to historian periodically if connection is lost General Design Element VALUE Detect connection alarm Checked Priority 500 Communication protocol SuiteLink Topic Scripts Execution DESCRIPTION Type Reconnects to Historian after 5 minutes Part V CLX WW PV V 34 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL W Regional Sewer District Graphics Display o This Display is directly taken from the default Wonderware graphic toolbox The object was created from DDESuiteLinkClientDisplay This object describes the server hosting the client the connection state the scan state and topic information NEORSDDDESuiteLinkClient HIS L
110. CONTRACTOR s premises or elsewhere shall not imply acceptance of responsibility for any faults or failings subsequently found 5 All problems or discrepancies must be corrected and required retesting completed before final approval for shipment is given by the ENGINEER Poros I Factory Acceptance Test 1 In the case of panels which form part of an overall control or operating system or at the ENGINEER s discretion testing at the CONTRACTOR s facility will be required Part II Standards and Conventions II 27 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 The CONTRACTOR shall be required to write test plans if required and perform the testing If required CONTRACTOR shall also perform and document testing prescribed by ENGINEER and to document testing on ENGINEER provided forms Testing to be witnessed by the ENGINEER 3 Copies of all test plans and results certificates etc shall be provided to the ENGINEER 4 It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to furnish all necessary testing devices which must have a current valid certificate of calibration Calibration records must be produced to the ENGINEER on request J Site Acceptance Test 1 If part of the contract requirements the CONTRACTOR shall be required to be on site with the appropriate hardware and personnel for unpacking and installation of the control panels 2 Comp
111. District focus far near zoom telephoto and wide angle Joystick functions shall include tilt up and down pan right and left and preset 3 The controller shall communicate with the multiplexer via RS 485 port at 9600 baud minimum 4 The system controller shall contain the following minimum features a eo p 5 h Menu driven program for camera video routing setup for up to 128 cameras and 16 monitors Permit programming of group of cameras for display on group of monitors Password protection against use by unauthorized personnel LED alarm indication blinking to identify an alarm conditions exists LCD display of date time camera number alarm status and 16 character user programmable titles for immediate location identification The keyboard shall be capable of activating and controlling all control functions described above for each camera with a joystick and Function Keys All custom configuration programs camera settings I O tables etc shall be made available to the NEORSD The Controller shall interface with a 80 column parallel printer for hard copy printouts of alarms Each alarm shall be date and time stamped 5 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a b 8 1 J Monitors Panasonic Or equal 1 The color video monitor shall be 14 inch diagonal screen monitor with horizontal resolution of at least 700 lines center The monitors shall feature manual controls
112. Drain White Vent White Sanitary Waste White Air Lime Fuel Oil Orange Natural Gas Orange Influent Gray Effluent Gray Chlorine Yellow Hypochlorite Yellow Bisulfite Dark Yellow Waste Pickle Liquor Purple Ferric Chloride Acid Pink Lime Purple Polymer Purple Other Fuchsia Centrate Peach Supernatant Black Sludges Bronze Part V CLX WW PV V 50 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Northeast Ohio WZ Regional Sewer District Examples BLUE PIPE POTABLE WATER SEAL WATER NPW 0 0 186 131 131 255 NATURAL GAS AIR FUEL OIL 0 186 0 255 130 0 BISULFATE ACID 184 194 46 254 101 92 SUPERNATANT SLUDGES 0 0 0 109 77 16 POLYMER LIME WASTE PICKLE LIQUOR FERRIC CHLORIDE 186 0 186 e Process piping arrows o Use arrows to indicate direction of flow SANITARY WASTE STEAM 255 255 255 191 255 255 LUBE OIL HYPOCHLORITE CHLORINE 255 255 0 EFFLUENT INFLUENT 179 179 179 OTHER 235 20 60 CENTRATE 220 146 61 FLUE GAS 147 254 145 ASH 95 95 95 SAND 254 205 165 o Use arrows to indicate process flow entering or leaving the display window and include text to indicate source or destination Part V CLX WW PV V 51 Revision 2 0 1 Northeast Ohio NEORSD AUTOMATION WZ Regional Sewer District STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL 2 11 F Standard Static Process Symbols All developed windows must use static process symbols contained wi
113. E Discrete Standard Control Template DISCRETE S47 INC1 SEC MSG FLT S47 ICE Es State Inp PV 1 Fault PVBad 0 Sts_PV xs Inp_Gate 1 InstructFault Cfg Target 0 Inp Trouble Desc None Inp STATUS S47 INC1 PLC STATUS Signature ID 54C68A6C Watchdog timer for each PLC being messaged Watchdog timeout 15 seconds TON 4 Timer On Delay ECEN Timer 547 ICE MSG WATCHDOG Preset 15000 0 Accum 251 If PLC seconds from target PLC is changing DINT 0 reset the watchdog NEQ S47_ICE_MSG_WATCHDOG 5 Not Equal RES Source RCVD_S47_ICE_DINTI 0 SourceB S47 ICE MSG WATCHDOG PREVIOUS 2 Source RCVD 847 ICE DINT 0 21 Dest S47 ICE MSG WATCHDOG PREVIOUS 21 If watchdog has timed out signal to the and rest of CLX program that a communications failure has occured Discrete Standard Control Template Input Signal process variable S47 56 WATCHDOG DN S47 INC1 WATCHDOG S47 ICE Inp PV EE x Use a Discrete Object to annunciate in the HMI The WatchDog alarm must have a unique name to operate in the Wonderware galaxy Format Local PLC WatchDog FLT Target PLC Discrete Standard Control Template DISCRETE 7 Discrete Standard Control Template DISCRETE S47 INC1 WATCHDOG S47 ICE 8 State Inp PV 0 Fault PVBad 0 515 Inp Gate 1 InstructFault gt Target 0 Inp Trouble Desc None
114. E will be toggled by the PanelView Plus 6 any time the Silence button is pressed an alarm is acknowledged or the Ack button is pressed on the Alarm Summary OIT The following configuration must be added to the base PanelView Plus 6 applications Alarm Setup Triggers Tab Check Use ack all value 1 ACK PLC PV_ACL Advanced Tab Hold Time ms 1000 SILENCE PLC PV_SILENCE Part V CLX WW PV V 81 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 3 12 General Control Mode Philosophy 3 12 A Local Control Modes All equipment will have local manual control capability at or near the associated equipment Equipment that can also be controlled remotely by the PLC will have a Local Off Remote selector switch at that piece of equipment to select control location If the selector switch is in the Local position the local manual control will be enabled and the remote control and PLC control will be disabled 3 12 B Remote Control Mode When the Local Off Remote selector switch for the equipment that can be controlled remotely is in the Remote position the remote control and PLC control will be enabled and the local manual control except for stop push buttons will be disabled Where multiple remote control locations are available such as OIT and both controls are available simultaneously with no priority given
115. ETPOINT BOX Figure 1 1 5 Standard Dynamic Process Text Symbols Alarm Symbols Status Symbols Analog Indicator Symbols and Analog Setpoint Symbols Other conventions include System Mode Local mode is black text on green Remote mode is black text on red Bypass Mode Normal operation not bypassed will be black text on green or invisible altogether Bypassed will be black text on red System Status Represented with a multistate text box Normal ok to start is black text on green all others no permissive standby etc are black text on red Part II Standards and Conventions 7 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 1 3 Alarm Priorities Currently alarms are prioritized according to the four categories shown below Priority 1 Health and Human Safety Alarms Chlorine High Level Explosive Gas High Level etc Priority 2 Conditions that indicate result in or may lead to regulatory permit violations e g loss of control loss of signals chemical addition problems water quality sensor alarms and other alarms associated with regulated parameters and processes Priority 3 Process variable excursions high and low levels non catastrophic machine failures and computer network failures Priority 4 Failover from primary to redundant units e g one of a pair of redundant 4 y 8 processors
116. Enable Tag Hierarchy Checked ee _ History Store forward deletion 100 MB threshold History Store forward minimum os duration History Forwarding chunk size 1024 Byters Scripts Maximum time for scripts to execute Scripts Maximum asynchronous thread count Checkpoint directory location Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Part V CLX WW PV V 24 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Graphics HistorianConnection o The HistorianConnection graphic displays a constant string of Historian Connection Status followed by a dynamic string value that says Connected in black when the Historian has a connection with the PLC and Disconnected in red when the connection has been lost Historian Connection Status Connected 1 Graphic Design Element Number EE mm Connection Status lost Historian This graphic display indicates the connectivity of the Historian showing either 1 Connected in black and Disconnected in red with the connection has been Instances ESDAP ESDAR SSDAP e SSDAR WSDAP WSDAR Part V CLX WW PV V 25 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 NEORSDAppEngine Description The NEORSDAppEngine hosts and schedules execution of A
117. General permissions None e Operational permissions None Part V CLX WW PV 4 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 2 4 C ArchestrA Role 18 Opers No ArchestrA permissions e Able to perform basic controls within InTouch turn pumps on off open close valves change from auto man ect and specific setpoints needed for operations e Only able to control equipment within specified areas details to be provided by district Cimplicity Access level 500 e General permissions None e Operational permissions gt 18 Opers Acknowledge Alarms Modify Configure Attributes o Can Modify Operate Attributes o Can Modify Tune Attributes 2 4 D ArchestrA Role 2798_Opers e No ArchestrA permissions e Able to perform basic controls within InTouch turn pumps on off open close valves change from auto man ect and specific setpoints needed for operations e Only able to control equipment within specified areas details to be provided by district Simplicity Access level 500 e General permissions None e Operational permissions gt 2798_Opers o Can Acknowledge Alarms o Can Modify Configure Attributes o Can Modify Operate Attributes o Can Modify Tune Attributes 2 4 E ArchestrA Role Facility Managers No ArchestrA permissions e Able to perform basic controls wi
118. I 3 MOV Move Source 4 Dest SEND S47 ICE DINT 4 4 MSG 547 ICE Ladder Diagram Page 547 INCLIO Mapping Message IO 1 30 2012 4 40 59 P Total number of rungs in routine 5 ts My Projects NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample AC MOV 1 Move Source 0 1 Dest SEND S47 0 1 MOV m Move Source 1 1 Dest SEND S47 ICE REAL 1 14 MOV Move Source 24 Dest SEND S47 ICE REAL 2 21 MOV l Move Source 3 1 Dest SEND S47 REAL 3 34 MOV F 1 Move Source 41 Dest SEND S47 ICE REAL 4 41 MOV Move Source 5 1 Dest SEND S47 ICE REAL 5 54 Part V CLX WW PV V 73 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District MSG_S47_ICE_IO Ladder Diagram Page S47_INC1 IO_Mapping Message_IO 1 30 2012 4 40 59 PN Total number of rungs in routine 5 ts My Projects _ NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample ACI RECEIVE Data Mapping The data read from the ICE PLC is stored in the configured MSG Destination tag That data is then moved into appropriate local tags The logic is conditioned with the Watchdog not being faulted If a fault does occur the data would be held at the last good value DINT 0 of RCVD message array contains watchdog timer This is used in Status routine MOV messaging data from remaining DINT REAL array elements to local tags map as required
119. I O whether physical or network based should be organized within I O mapping routines in which the I O value from the module or otherwise defined tag is mapped to a local tag for use within the remainder of the program These routines provide a central location for all I O referenced within the controller and assist programmers in assigning and changing I O 3 8 D Analog I O All physical analog inputs and outputs should be referenced within individual analog I O routines Routines shall be separated by module and follow a naming standard that references the module rack slot location as well as signal direction input or output Examples R0S4 Analog Input Part V CLX WW PV V 63 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 155 Analog Output R1S1 Analog IO for modules with both input and output channels Routines will contain IO mapping and scaling logic when necessary Analog Input ControlLogix analog input scaling shall be performed in the module configuration For CompactLogix or other cases where scaling cannot be performed within the module configuration analog scaling will be done in the PLC logic Scaling in the module should reflect the engineering units If multiple units are required in the PLC code such as RPM and 46 speed the second unit range will be scaled in logic Unused analog inputs should be disabled in the module configu
120. L NUMBER OR THE POLARITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE SPECIFIC WIRE FOR AN ANALOG INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT TAG SAA Z Z NNNN AS DEFINED IN PART H SECTION 9 1 S SITE AA PROCESS AREA NUMBER 7 7 ISA ALPHA CHARACTER FOR INSTRUMENT FUNCTION NNNN LOOP NUMBER 56 4 5 47 2600 FOR SOUTHERLY INCINERATION PRE STRAINER PRESSURE 4 SIGNAL WIRE 52 16 5 47 154 2606 FOR SOUTHERLY INCINERATION PROCESS WATER TANK LEVEL HIGH ALARM CONTROL WIRE RO_S8_CH2_S 57 ZSC 4302 FOR SOUTHERLY BIOSOLIDS HANDLING CENTRIFUGE 2A CONTROL VALVE CLOSED STATUS IN CASES WHERE A DEVICE KAS MULTIPLE SIGNALS ADO AN A OR 8 TO THE END OF THE TAG 56 5 47 2600 ONE ANALOG SIGNAL AND RO_S6_CH4 _S 47 PIT 2600 B SECOND SIGNAL FROM THE SAME INSTRUMENT IF THERE WERE 2 DEVICES ON THE SAME LOOP EACH WITH 2 OUTPUTS THE TAG WOULD TAKE THE FOLLOWING FORM RO 56 4 5 47 2600 amp RO_S5_C44 _S 47 PIT 2600A B RO S6 CH4 S 47 PIT 2600B A amp S6 4 S 47 PIT 26008 8 010 0010 Revision 2 0 1 IV 5 Part Appendices NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio WZ Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 SAMPLE CONTROL SCHEMATIC WITH PLC 5 WIRE TAGGING NOTE WIRE NUMBERS THAT CONNECT TO PLC SHALL BE LABELED WITH SCHEMATIC WIRE NUMBER AND PLC WIRING TAG 2 3 4 P120 41 E RS M 151 0 66
121. Multi screen Output 1 V p p 75 Ohm BNC x 1 S Video x 1 Recording Output 1 V p p 75 Ohm BNC x 1 S Video x 1 h Power Supply 120 VAC 60 Hz single phase 10 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a Panasonic b Or equal 8 1 L Video Cassette Recorder VCR 1 The VCRs supplied under this contract shall be industrial grade recorder and not a modified consumer unit The recorder shall be VHS compatible The VCRs shall have two 2 audio channels and flying erase heads for cleaning transitions The recorders shall include both SP and SLP record mode and SP LP and SLP play back modes All connections shall be BNC or RCA connectors Video image processor shall multiplex up to 16 video signals and output to a VCR for recording on one tape simultaneously without synchronization between inputs Each camera recorded on the VCR tape shall be numbered and shall be played back as a single display or quad display by selection of any channel on the video image processor 2 A freeze switch shall allow study of a single picture The unit shall be capable of 19 inch rack mounting 3 The following features shall be provided as a minimum a Modulation System Luminance FM azimuth recording b Tape format VHS tape c Tape Speed 33 35 mm sec d Recording playback 12 8 24 hours in linear slow Time Mode and 24 48 72 84 120 180 40 480 hours and 1 shot in time lapse mode e FF Rewind speed 3 minutes a
122. NS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 1 6 Process Control In the Automation system control functions shall be executed exclusively by Programmable Logic Controller PLC units Logic for safety interlocks equipment protection interlocks start sequences stop sequences operational sequences process and maintenance calculations e g flow totalization equipment run time accumulators shall also reside within PLCs Local Remote hardware switches on field equipment or panels and HMI based Auto Manual software switches shall enable control via PLCs The HMI system shall provide the capability for operators to start and stop equipment select equipment for operation select operating modes such as lead lag and other options change setpoints manually adjust speed position temperature and other control parameters and perform other control via interaction with PLCs Control commands shall be sent by the HMI subsystem to PLCs which shall respond as commanded and control equipment In general Start Stop Open Close Auto Manual etc commands shall be entered in the HMIs via a small popup window that overlays a process screen Setpoints shall be modifiable via pop up windows or via objects placed on process screens However this interaction shall be allowed only when security conditions have been satisfied These conditions are based upon the following The Role of a User Roles have been defined within the HMI subsystem to differ
123. OMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 4 10 C Area and Navigation Areas 20 29 of the standard PanelView application are reserved for Maintenance and Diagnostic type displays Typically only one a single area 20 is required for maintenance screens The total number of screens will at a minimum consist of e 1 for the Maintenance Overview e 1 screen per PLC rack Processor and Remote IO racks The main maintenance screen 200 MAINTENANCE OVERVIEW should contain navigation links to each PLC rack screen Use the following display names as applicable 200 MAINTENANCE OVERVIEW 201 MAINTENANCE RACK 0 202 MAINTENANCE RACK 1 203 MAINTENANCE RACK 2 Part V CLX WW PV V 107 Revision 2 0 1 Northeast Ohio NEORSD AUTOMATION LS Regional Sewer District STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Section 4 11 Standard Control Templates 4 11 A Global Object Templates PanelView controls that provide read write functionality to ControlLogix tags must make use of the District Standard Global Objects Template library Each template object is preconfigured to match on a one to one basis with ControlLogix For a complete list of the objects and instructions on their proper use refer to NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual 4 11 B General Usage Requirements global template object expressions and animations are pre linked to the required
124. Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Graphic Design Element UMP Function pes _ This string input is where the user may enter an alarm comment Click the area enter the alarm comment and hit enter At this point you may OK the Alarm Comment acknowledge alarm with comment or Cancel it If the alarm comment is left blank the current alarm comment in the alarm summary will remain and the alarm s will be acknowledged 20 Alarm Comment These graphic buttons allow the user to either OK or Cancel the Acknowledge Options alarm operation 21 Reset Filterin This graphic button resets the area filtering back to the default This is only g visible when filtering by area AlarmScreamer o Popup that reopens positions itself over every screen in the plant to notify operators of the highest priority alarms that require immediate action Naming Format AlarmScreamer_plant where plant is Easterly Westerly Southerly etc ALARM SCREAMER EASTERLY 05 24 13 16 06 05 PM TestTag Graphic Design Element This graphic displays all of the screamer alarms sorted by the time of ScreamerAlarmQuery the alarms column details of this section are State TimeLCT Name Value AlarmComment and Priority thru alarm color Part V CLX WW P V V 15 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District Alarm S
125. Overview graphic are static they are not animated and do not provide status information The District standard DIAGNOSTIC library contain symbols specific for generating the Maintenance Overview display PLC Rack Displays A separate maintenance display should be created for every PLC rack contained within the architecture Each display will show a single PLC rack detailing the chassis size module configuration and current module health OK FAULT The District standard DIAGNOSTIC library contains PLC rack and chassis elements as well as global object module symbols for use in generating the rack displays Module symbols require configuration Module Faceplate Displays Specific module information is provided on faceplates incorporated into the standard DIAGNOSTIC symbols Faceplates display module and loop information including channel state on off analog 96 channel faults device tag from P amp IDs device description from IO list device units analog inputs and other relevant module configuration settings Most diagnostic templates read RSLinx Enterprise and ControlLogix module defined tag data to gather diagnostic information Generally no ControlLogix AOI or programming is required If the diagnostic template for a specific module is not available in the District s library the contractor shall create a new template using one of the existing templates as a model Part V CLX WW PV V 106 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUT
126. Provide minimum 25 spare space on every DIN rail for future expansion including spares shall be wired to terminal blocks prior to interconnection with other devices See Part II Section 5 1 Panel Construction Part II Standards and Conventions II 34 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Paragraph E 3 for terminal requirements 9 Order with conformal coating designation when available E Software 1 Provide a licensed copy of all programming and configuration software to the District including electronic and hard copies of all manuals The following software packages shall be furnished in addition to all other software necessary for the proper programming and configuration of the PLCs and their components a RS Logix 5000 b RS NetWorx for ControlNet c RS NetWorx for DeviceNet d RS Linx e FactoryTalk View ME Part II Standards and Conventions 35 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 2 E Rockwell Packaged CompactLogix with Embedded I O Detailed Specifications A Applications 1 The Package CompactLogix series is used for applications such as the rain gauges 2 Embedded I O Capacity Sixteen 16 24 VDC discrete inputs sixteen 16 24 VDC discrete outputs 3 Expansion I O Module Capacity minimum of two 4 Installat
127. RO 5100 series b Tyco Potter amp Brumfield CNT 35 96 c Or approved equal d Order with conformal coating when available mo 2 4 F Panel Mounted Operators and Pilot Lights 1 panel mounted operators including but not limited to pilot lights pushbuttons selector switches stations specialty operators and potentiometers shall be the NEMA 30 5 mm type 2 Pushbuttons General Purpose Areas a Nema 4X watertight amp oiltight b Non illuminated c Momentary contact unless otherwise specified d 1 N O amp 1 N C contact unless otherwise specified e Standard aluminum Nema 4 grey legend plate unless otherwise specified Part II Standards and Conventions 45 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 1 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 800H series b Or approved equal f Nameplate laminated plastic black letters on white text as specified 3 Pushbuttons Hazardous NEC classified Locations Nema 7 9 for Division 1 and Division 2 Areas b Non illuminated c Momentary contact unless otherwise specified d 1 N O amp 1 N C contact unless otherwise specified e Standard aluminum Nema 4 grey legend plate otherwise specified 1 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 800H series b Or approved equal f Nameplate laminated plastic engraved black letters on white text as specified Pushbutton Styles and Color
128. S MANUAL Regional Sewer District 6 Provide extended features and file viewers 7 Supply Voltage 24 VDC see Note to Specifier 8 Communications Ethernet and RS 232 9 Mounting OIT shall be mounted on the front face of panel as indicated on the Drawings Provide six 6 Allen Bradley supplied protective overlays for screen and keypad Provide all cables interface cards local circuit breaker and wiring Provide conformal coating of all circuit boards including screen and logic module when option is available B Type B OIT 1 59 004 Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley PanelView Plus 6 or latest series catalog number 2711P B12C4D9 without equal Display Screen Size 12 1 inches diagonally measured backlit Resolution 800 x 600 pixels 18 bit color graphics Display and Keypad Type Touch screen and keypad Memory 512 MB RAM and 512 MB nonvolatile flash memory Provide extended features and file viewers Supply Voltage 24 VDC see Note to Specifier Communications Ethernet and RS 232 Mounting OIT shall be mounted on the front face of panel as indicated on the Drawings Provide six 6 Allen Bradley supplied protective overlays for screen and keypad Provide all cables interface cards local circuit breaker and wiring Provide conformal coating of all circuit boards including screen and logic module when option is available C l
129. SOLVED OXYGEN DB DEWATERED BIOSOLIDS DES DEGRITTED EASTERLY SLUDGE DISCHG DISCHARGE GENERAL DR DRAIN DSS DEGRITTED SCREENINGS AND STRAININGS OR SLUDGE DW DILUTION WATER DMW DE MINERAILIZED WATER EAS EXCESS ACTIVATED SLUDGE EG EXHAUST GAS EF amp EFFLUENT PLC ID ES EASTERLY SLUDGE Part IV Appendices IV 16 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District PROCESS ABBREVIATIONS ESK EASTERLY SKIMMINGS ER ENERGY RECOVERY FA FLUIDIZING AIR FOA FOUL AIR GBT GRAVITY BELT THICKENER GT GRAVITY THICKENER GRS GREASE GTO GRAVITY THICKENER OVERFLOW HFA HEATED FLUIDIZING AIR HG HOT GAS HW HOT WATER HWR HOT WATER RETURN HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY IA INSTRUMENT AIR IM IMPULSE LINE IN INLET or INTAKE GENERAL INC INCINERATION ING INJECTED NATURAL GAS LS LIFT STATION MU MAKEUP WATER NG NATURAL GAS NPW NON POTABLE WATER OF OVERFLOW OS OXYGEN SCAVENGER OT OBJECT TRAP OUT OUTLET GENERAL PA PURGE AIR PHOS PHOSPHATE PNG PILOT NATURAL GAS POL POLYMER PHFA PREHEATED FLUIDIZED AIR PRW PROCESS WATER PSH PRIMARY SUPERHEATER PW POTABLE WATER CITY WATER RW RECIRCULATION WATER Part IV Appendices IV 17 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District
130. Simulation if used S47 INC1 WATCHDOG 547 ICE State 4 J NOP End Part V CLX WW PV V 75 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio WZ Regional Sewer District IMSG_Control Ladder Diagram 547 INCI Misc Logic Message Control Total number of rungs in routine 16 1 30 2012 4 41 03 PM ts My Projects NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample ACD MSG_TMR DN 0 MSG_TMR DN EXE MESSAGE INDEX The first two rungs creates a message index to regulate the actual message execution Adjust the code EQU source B to reflect number of PLCs being messaged 1 MSG Control 1 3 S47_INC1 MESSAGE STATUS Set Primary Secondary Network Fault Status to notify HMI OIT S47_ICE_D PRI MSG ER zn S47 ICE REAL PRI MSG ER S47 ICE DINT PRI MSG DN 547 REAL PRI MSG DN S47 ICE SEC MSG ER S47 KE nen MSGER TON Timer On Delay MSG_TMR Preset 400 L CDN2 Accum 251 LEQ MSG_ONS 0 ADD Less Than lt ONS Add Source MSG Control Source A MSG Control 1 1 Source B 2 Source B 1 Dest MSG Control 1 EQU MOV Equal Move Source 1 Dest MSG Control 1 Discrete Standard Control Te
131. Sludge Pumping Station 26 Effluent Filter amp Administration Building 30 Operators Locker Room 33 Disinfection Building 34 Cyclone Degritting Building 35 Gravity Thickeners Building 36 Excess Activated Sludge EAS Thickening 37 Building Sludge Storage Tanks Area 38 VCU amp Thermal Conditioning 39 T C Sludge Thickeners Building 40 T C S T Odor Control Building 41 Sludge Dewatering Building 42 Dewatering VCU Building 43 Incineration Building 44 Incineration Auxiliary Building 45 Ash Lagoon Area 46 Future Fluid Bed Incineration FBI 47 Part II Standards and Conventions 88 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Skimmings Building 1 Area Description Code Skimmings Building 2 50 Skimmings Decant amp Storage 51 Steam Generation Building 52 Odor Control B Building 53 Waste Liquor Handling Building 54 Odor Control A Building 55 Digester A Not In Service 56 Future Biosolids Handling FBI project 57 CVI Lift Station Building 58 Stormwater Pump Station 1 60 Stormwater Pump Station 2 61 Stormwater Pump Station 3 62 River Gates Area 63 Future Green Energy Building FBI project 67 Emergency Backup Generators amp Switchgear Bldg 70 Main Substation 73 Equipment Storage Building 75 Old Pump House 86 Easterly Sludge Line Vault Area 87 Labor Storage Building
132. Software FactoryTalk View Part V CLX WW PV4 V 1 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 WONDERWARE STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS Section 2 0 Introduction The following sections detail the required standards and provide development guidance for process screens and related components that collectively are the NEORSD Wonderware HMI Monitor and Control System MCS These screens allow plant operators to perform the required process control and monitoring functions from Area Control Stations ACSs located throughout the plant Section 2 1 Wonderware ArchestrA Key Concepts The ArchestrA product contains key concepts that need to be understood in order to plan design and implement an application Some key concepts include DA Servers supply data to client nodes Alarm DB Logger Manager Application Servers Galaxy Repository Historian Information Server and HMI clients At NEORSD there will be a SuiteLink Client instance for each PLC in the system ControlLogix or PLCS SLC500 For PLCS or SLC500 the specific SuiteLink Client instances will contain a mapping conversion table that provides the link between standard object attributes and the PLC data registers The DASABTCP IO Server is used e For ControlLogix the SuiteLink will communicate via DASABCIP I O server directly to the tag names in the processor without the need for the mapping con
133. T be completely documented and preserved such that they can be readily re deployed should the next revision to the BTLs be installed which likely would overwrite the modifications 2 6 D Data Logging Deadband The templates are scripted to record or not record data with a deadband based upon the Engineering or Operational Unit Range The following lists the ranges and the deadband required to record a change to the historian Range 1 Value Deadband 0 0001 lt Range lt 10 Value Deadband 0 001 10 Range 100 Value Deadband 0 01 100 lt Range lt 1000 Value Deadband 0 1 Range 1000 Value Deadband 1 The script writes the deadband to the attribute ValueDeadband attribute under the history settings This attribute must remain unlocked on the template to allow the script to overwrite the ValueDeadband attribute Part V CLX WW PV V 10 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 7 PLATFORM TEMPLATES Each Platform Template is stored in the PlatformTemplates toolset There are two toolsets that will be used to derive all instances NEORSD and PlatformTemplates 2 7 4 AlarmSummary Description The Alarm Summary provides the AlarmSummary Query and Alarm Footer Query The query by default shows all of the alarms in the system but has custom filtering to allow the user to see a number of different alarm
134. TION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 1 30 2012 204 MAINTENANCE COMMS DEFAULT 9 50 37 14 ALM K12 PLC5 Sample OIT Message Status Display Comm Status Discrete object templates used for all Primary Secondary and Watchdog alarms Locate under the MAINTENANCE area within the OIT application Alarms need to be added to the OIT alarm summary The AOI object should be configured for alarming HMI graphics can be developed in similar fashion Watchdog timeout is not necessary as it cannot be seen at the HMI if both networks are down Message Example Local PLC S47_INC1 is the PLC to receive data from the target PLC S47_ICE Secondary message instruction includes same source and destination tags but has different Ethernet IP addressing 547 Message Tags Send Data In addition to receiving data from the ICE PLC the 547 INCI will be sending data to the ICE PLC SEND 547 ICE DINTIx Mapped DINT or packed BOOL values in 547 INCI for S47 ICE to read SEND 547 ICE REAL x Mapped REAL values in S47 INCI for S47 ICE to read Receive Data This is the data the local MSG commands pulled from the target PLCs RCVD_S47_ICE_DINT x Destination tag in S47_INC1 for DINT or packed BOOL values read from S47_ICE RCVD_S47_ICE_REAL x Destination tag in 547 for REAL va
135. URAL GAS SYSTEM P PUMP PAC PROCESS AIR COMPRESSOR PAT POLYMER AGING TANK PBU POLYMER BLENDING UNIT PCS PRE COOLER SECTION PHB PRE HEAT BURNER PHBS PRE HEAT BURNER FUEL SUPPLY PHU PUMP HYDRAULIC UNIT PHX PRIMARY HEAT EXCHANGER PLP PIPE LUBRICATION PUMP PWRM POWER MONITOR PST PRIMARY SKIMMING OR SETTLING TANKS PRTR PROTECTION RELAY RAD REFRIGERATED AIR DRYER RP RECIRCULATION PUMP RST RECTANGULAR STORAGE TANK Part IV Appendices IV 20 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District ipment Abbreviations SOOT BLOWER SOOT BLOWER CONTROL STATION SCREW CONVEYOR STEAM DRUM SLIDE GATE STEAM GENERATOR UNIT SECONDARY HEAT EXCHANGER SILO SUMP PUMP SLIDING PLATE FRAME STANDBY POWER SUPPLY SECOND STAGE BLOWER SECOND STAGE SETTLING TANK STEAM CONDENSER STEAM TURBINE LUBE SYSTEM STORAGE TANK STRAINER STEAM TURBINE UNIT SOLENOID VALVE STORM WATER OVERFLOW TANK DRAIN PUMP TANK MIXING SYSTEM TANK TRANSFER PUMP TRANSPORTER IMPINGEMENT TRAY TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSOR UNLOADING PUMP UNITERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY VALVE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VENTURI WET AIR RECEIVER WINDBOX WEIR GATE WASTE HEAT BOILER WNDG WINDINGS WSC WET SCRUBBER Part IV
136. Underwriters Laboratories Standard U L 1203 and all other safety codes pertaining thereto 4 Asaminimum the pan and tilt drives shall consist of the following features a Panning Angle 10 340 degrees Adjustable b Tilting Angle 45 degrees up 45 degrees down from center position for indoor cameras 15 degrees up 60 degrees down from center position for outdoor cameras c Panning Automatic or Manual Selectable d Panning speed 7 degrees sec e Tilting Speed 4 45 degrees sec f Operating Temp 4 deg F to 122 deg F g Power Supply 24 VAC Environmental 120 VAC Explosion proof h Capable of inverted operation i Externally adjustable limit switches j Pan and tilt drives with internal stops k Tilt motor thermal protection switch 1 Pan motor impedance protection 5 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a PELCO b Or equal 8 1 D Camera Mounting Brackets 1 All mounting brackets shall be of corrosion resistant construction and shall be load rated to support camera housing and pan and tilt drive components and accessories specified herein Mounting heads shall be adjustable 2 Mounting shall be suitable for ceiling column parapet pedestal pipe pole or wall mounting as indicated in the camera list and mounting details provided in this specification 8 1 E Receiver 1 Receivers shall be provided to relay control signals to the camera pan tilt units cameras and accessories s
137. Use 6699 for the decimal point Ex Version 6 1 would be expressed as 6p1 Examples S57_CNT1A_OIT_6p1 The PanelView Plus6 terminal associated with Southerly building 57 train 1 first centrifuge version 6 1 47 WSC3 OIT2 6p0 The PanelView Plus 6 terminal associated with Southerly building 47 wet scrubber train 3 panel 2 version 6 0 4 3 B Project General Settings The project window size must correspond to the target PanelView Plus 6 or current series device FactoryTalk View ME automatically sizes the display to match the window size of the target PanelView Plus 6 or current series device designated in the project settings default window sizes are as follows PV Plus 6 Model 700 640x480 PV Plus 6 Model 1250 800x600 PV Plus 6 Model 1500 1024x768 A custom window size for the application is not permitted Part V CLX WW PV V 85 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 4 3 C Project Runtime Settings The default project runtime settings within FactoryTalk Studio ME should be used for project development Specifically projects must follow the format below Disable title bar uncheck Disable border uncheck Project window position of Top 0 Left 0 Enable auto logout Inactivity Period 10 minutes o Uncheck Return to Graphic on Logout 4 3 D Internal Clock Synchronization In order to synchro
138. VENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District shall identify the Project Name Project Location District Project Number and shall include the following information fields 9 instrument field device identification fields O Point Tag Number see Part II 1 9 for Wonderware HMI point description point type distinguish networked I O by suffix designating network type e g DN DeviceNet MB Modbus e Point Connection Address physical wired address e g PLC Rack Position Channel and networked address PLC DeviceNet network node see Part V Section 5 3 B e Drawing References such as P amp ID panel drawing loop drawing wiring diagram etc Instrument Field Device Tag Number and Asset Number Analog point signal and process parameter definition fields O raw signal engineering units e g millivolts volts milliamps psig etc e Analog I O raw signal span minimum value and maximum value e g 4 20 1 5 24vDC etc signal process parameter engineering units O signal process parameter span minimum value and maximum value Low bad signal quality limits lower value upper value 10 Discrete I O point signal and process parameter definition fields e Set state function description Reset state function description 11 I O point user interface association fields HMI none AOI UDT e HMI Node and User Control Prohibit identify nodes and user gr
139. acknowledge configured alarms e Ableto enter values and change setpoints for all provided process control points e Able to enter and change configuration type values on faceplate objects e g alarm limits Part V CLX WW PV V 98 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Able to access PanelView terminal settings Configure accounts have unrestricted access to the PanelView runtime application Configure accounts should be held only by District engineers for runtime editing of template block operation as well as configuring the PanelView Plus terminal settings 4 6 C Configuring Security Access The Global Object Template library is designed to meet most application runtime security needs For example during runtime template objects with faceplates require Operator or equivalent privileges to access Faceplate configuration type settings similarly require Configuration level access privileges For additional security needs the application developer should make an attempt to segregate restricted controls or settings on screens accessible only to those with proper security levels The use of visibility animation on navigation buttons is the preferred method by the District Visibility animation should be evaluated using the CurrentUserHasCode function The Security Code field part of Display Settings should not be used as a means to restrict access to displ
140. affic The ODMS and historians communicate across a network router set to allow only those PCs to communicate across it 5 4 C Interface for HMI Trends Cimplicity s trend module uses SQL calls to the historians to select data for display After the trend is started it reads only new data 5 4 D Interface for HMI Historical and Alarm Logs Cimplicity s historian and alarm logging use SQL calls to the historians to log the data in Oracle Separate event and alarm tables are kept in the database schema 5 4 E Table Structure The table structure is long and narrow usually having only point tag timestamp value and engineering units 5 4 F Query Structure Section to be completed Part II Standards and Conventions 69 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District SECTION 6 COMMUNICATION STANDARDS Section 6 0 Introduction The goal of a properly designed communications system is to carry the information sent on it in a quick secure error free manner To accomplish this in the Automation System several types of communication are used including serial data highways radio and leased line modems local area networks on fiber and copper cabling frame relay wide area network and routered interconnections to other networks Section 6 1 Control Network LAN Design The Control Network uses fiber optic cabling from building to building or
141. ain Controllers serene II 63 CODICE VEDO s dodi 63 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 3 B MOnItOE 63 4 3 C Keyboard sii k a r hananman 63 4 3 D Enclosure ua 63 Section 4 4 i ve teet dece cette ve teet dece bte ib II 64 Report urbi NN c II 64 4 4 B Alarm Printer II 64 4 4 C Graphics Printet sas a paene sen rats I IUD II 64 4 4 D Mid size Format Graphics II 64 D SONWALE cen quas vetare ore o ATO II 65 Section 5 0 Introduction eene eene tenere enitn a II 65 Section 5 1 Computer Network Operating System II 65 AME canens II 65 5 1 B Group Manage RIED odo pisei eben II 66 RESET ea iiic II 66 Section 5 2 Drivers Utilities Software ener II 66 5 2 4 ODBC Database II 66 5 2 B Hardware Drivers eec ete E ua II 66 5 2 Anti Virus SOftWAare
142. al testing and startup of the various unit processes Field checkout configuration calibrations and adjustments associated with packaged process mechanical and electrical equipment e g chlorinators samplers variable speed drives packaged environmental and HVAC equipment and systems fire alarm protection systems and security systems etc that have interfaces to the process control and automation system shall be performed by qualified properly trained employees of the manufacturer or by manufacturer authorized recommended service providers In general standard documentation normally produced by the manufacturer or service provider attesting that the equipment has been properly installed set up and verified for the intended use will satisfy needed component documentation requirements CONTRACTOR must be required to plan and coordinate work to ensure there will be no unanticipated disruption in process operations and no hindrance of the District Representative s opportunity to witness calibration and loop checkout CONTRACTOR shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform the testing during system checkout and startup CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initial operation of the instrumentation and control system and shall make any required changes adjustments or replacements for operation Part II Standards and Conventions 95 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL R
143. all conform to the following requirements at a minimum e sensors elements indicators transmitters and actuators shall be calibrated accordance with NIST traceable standards following the manufacturer s instructions e All calibration equipment shall have current independent certification of accuracy e Calibration equipment shall have measurement accuracy that is a minimum of three times 3x the expected accuracy of the device being calibrated e Actuators shall be stroked and control action limits and travel switches shall be verified e Each calibrated instrument shall be field marked with a waterproof calibration tag bearing the device identifier asset number or P amp ID tag date of calibration calibration range zero and span units remarks such as any special conditions found trips alarms or other limit settings and initials of the technician performing the work e An Instrument Certification sheet shall be completed for each instrument and included in the system documentation A detailed description is given in Paragraph 9 2 0 Part II Standards and Conventions II 94 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e Final Control Element Certification sheet shall be completed for each field calibrated control valve actuator and damper etc and included in the system documentation A detailed description is given in Paragraph 9 2 P
144. also recommended that the description field be utilized for additional details When possible the asset number or property tag should be included in the description See example of the Device naming in the screen shot below which is from the RSNetWorx for DeviceNet program device properties File Edit View Network Device Diagnostics Tools Help a gt State Addr Slot Description Category Bucket D Plus 3 5 Ok 00 North MCC 1 Bucket D Plus O L Relay 3 5 FLA AC Dive Dees RR 70 TI Barcode Scanner Communications Adapter AT Bucket D E3 Plus 3 5A DPI to DeviceNet DSI to DeviceNet General Parameters 0 Data EDS File DeviceLogix amp DeviceNet to SCANport s Dodge EZLINK ud Plus 1 5A S General Purpose Analog General Purpose Discrete I O Name Bucket D E3 Plus_3 5A amp Generic Device deprecated for new devices Description North MCC 1 Bucket D Plus O L Relay 35FLA 8 Guard PLC Safety Scanner amp Human Machine Interface Inductive Proximity Switch 6 Limit Switch S Motor Overload 7 Motor Starter a ES amp D Photoelectric Sensor Device Identity Primary 6 PointBus Motor Starter Vendor Rockwell Autometion Allen Bradley 1 S 2 PowerFlex 750 Series via DeviceNet Device Type amp Pr
145. alue The solution is to promote the use of defined process variable precision at the local level and then propagate the process variable up through the SCADA hierarchy This process uses the same value as a consistent reference across all SCADA systems including control monitoring historical and reporting from the base PLC level and up The value once defined in the PLC will be used as follows e PLC Process Variable within PLC for all PLC process control logic including process calculations and messages between PLCs e OIT Process Variable for display in the local PLC monitoring and control equipment e HMI Process Variable for display in SCADA monitoring and control equipment e Historical Process Variable for storage in historical database e Reporting Process Variable for reports from historical databases The process variable with defined precision will be referred to as the Truncated Value herein This truncation logic is specific for PLC5s but can be converted for use with ControlLogix PLCs into form of an AOI Essentially the PLCS logic described herein functions similarly to an AOI Rounding built into the truncation logic is based on IEEE 754 2008 standard practices for rounding The PLCS logic uses a subroutine with passed parameters and a returned value There is no indirect addressing which can lead to overlapping registers which would produce junk data The logic is designed to process all numbers without
146. area to area due to distance limitations and for ground isolation Other signals are run on the fiber as well including video cameras and the Information Network The fiber runs are patched in cabinets generally in tunnels which have no electronics in them passive patch panels Connecting a remote drop or run to a network switch cabinet is done by patching the correct fibers together in the panel 6 1 A Topology The Control Network uses a series of network switches in a logical loop broken at a location chosen by spanning tree protocol negotiation If any one fiber segment or switch becomes unusable the spanning tree break is closed and traffic continues via that route between the remaining members At each switch local devices are attached 6 1 B Monitoring Management Each device on the network is capable of reporting its status via SNMP protocol and the switches are addressable by http protocol having a small web server for configuration and status built in The computers can to some degree be monitored by SNMP using a manufacturer specific interface The SNMP management capabilities have not yet been implemented but are planned within the year Computer workstation management is performed by various scripts operating system permissions and shells and audit log files In ACS S redundant power supplies and RAID level 5 disk arrays are used to mitigate the effects of single component failures Part II Standards and Con
147. artup If the SysErE Gnt value goes about 6 an alarm will occur Total fatal errors since startup If the value goes about 1 an alarm will occur Total warnings since startup If the value SysWarnErrCnt goes about 26 an alarm will occur Instances e Southerly_Historian e Westerly_Historian e Easterly_Historian Part V CLX WW PV V 20 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District 2 7 D MenuBar Description The Menu Bar provides a drop down list of windows from tabs based upon the UDA values entered on the instance Functional Details e The tab name is configured via an ArchestrA UDA A string may be entered in the Tab Caption UDA This sting will display text on the tab may be 1 12 The Tab Caption controls the tab visibility The tab navigation is also configured via a UDA An array of strings of up to 15 may be entered in the Tab Menu UDA For navigation to work each string must be InTouch window name e The home button will navigate to the respective Plant Overview screen depending on Node e The Perm Value display will be green if true red if false e Tab 12 is used for links to diagnostic screens and is only visible to administrators Attributes DESCRIPTION String is caption on navigation tab 01 String array are navigation links for tab 01 String is caption on navigat
148. as Section 1 2 Standard Cimplicity Screen Templates Section 1 5 Point Tag Naming Convention 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 Westin Part II Added new section Process Control and Automation System Design Support Documentation 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 PJM Part II Deleted sections on legacy PLCs for Allen Bradley PLC 5 SLC 500 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 PJM Part II Section 2 2 D For Rockwell CompactLogix PLC deleted connection adapter cable and IFM because interposing terminal blocks are specified 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 PJM Part II Section 2 2 F Changed OIT PanelView power to 24 VDC because conformal coating is not available for 120 VAC powered OITs Changed A in OIT catalog numbers to D for DC power 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 Westin Part II Section 2 2G Revised section Software Programming 2 0 0 25 Mar 2014 Westin Part II Section 9 2 System Integrator 2 0 1 02 Jun 2014 NEORSD Entire Document Reformatted entire document for consistency NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Northeast Ohio w Regional Sewer District Revision Revision Date Author Updated Section Description Revision Format X Y Z X Major modifications to any section of the document These types of changes effect functionality or operation of a process Adding or deleting sections also constitutes a major change This level of change requires a review and approva
149. ate for each configured I O module channel Test all networked using the actual networked equipment using physical hardwired connected test equipment that generates the signal type and span appropriate for the configured networked equipment Use of simulated I O in the FAT shall be minimized and be allowed only with concurrence of the District Revisions to the PLC OIT and HMI software programming from the start to the conclusion of the FAT shall be continuously tracked using the Rockwell Software FactoryTalk AssetCentre application Backup copies of all programs shall be made at the conclusion of the FAT Control panels that incorporate only hardwired control circuits shall undergo shop testing at the panel building facility similar to a FAT to demonstrate and verify proper functionality of the control panel The Contractor shall be required to provide the following documentation pertaining to the FAT e FAT Plan that describes the logistics and administrative aspects of the FAT e List of all project deliverable panels and control system equipment that will be demonstrated in the FAT List of all ancillary test equipment apparatus used in the FAT e Project documentation associated with the project deliverables e FAT test procedures that precisely describe the features and functionalities to be demonstrated and the activities used to prosecute the demonstration e FAT test records documenting and attesting to the FAT results 9
150. ate is 17 pages minute An optional feed tray is attached An internal MIO card with Ethernet connection provides connectivity 2 Manufacturer Hewlett Packard 3 Model number Laserjet 50003 4 4 B Alarm Printer 1 A high durability 360x360 dot matrix printer is used Greenbar tractor feed paper is required for logging There is also an integral Ethernet 10 100 connection 2 Manufacturer Epson 3 Model number DFX 5000 4 4 C Graphics Printer 1 A color inkjet printer is used for screen and trend graph printouts The printer has an internal Ethernet module 2 Manufacturer Epson 3 Model number Color Stylus 9003 4 4 D Mid size Format Graphics Printer 1 A mid size up to C size paper color inkjet printer used for screen and trend graph printouts during development external HP print server is used to provide network connectivity 2 Manufacturer Epson 3 Model number Color Stylus 3000 Part II Standards and Conventions II 64 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District SECTION 5 SOFTWARE Section 5 0 Introduction The reader should be aware that software versions are patched and otherwise changed at intervals as little as weeks The versions listed below are accurate at the time of writing If any software is to be procured please contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for current specifications Section 5
151. ath The system default logging path should be used for all data log models 4 9 D Log Triggers Each log should be set up to trigger periodically at an interval no faster than 2 seconds 4 9 E Tags In Model tags within the model must be configured as direct reference tags Tags within the same model may be polled from more than one PLC There are no limits to the number of tags within each model Part V CLX WW PV V 105 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 4 10 IO Diagnostic Screens 4 10 A Overview PanelView Plus 6 applications are required to provide displays depicting PLC hardware health and status information These screens are built using standard PLC module diagnostic global objects distributed by the District to provide maintenance personnel with real time module channel status and diagnostic information These screens are designed provide view only information and are primarily intended for maintenance and troubleshooting activities 4 10 B Screen Requirements and Architecture The following depicts screen quantity and requirements Maintenance Overview The Maintenance Overview display is a single screen that is intended to summarize the architecture of the viewed PLC system display graphically shows the number of and type of PLC racks OITS and network types Ethernet Modbus etc Objects on the Maintenance
152. ation specific K11 No function K12 Displays Alarm Summary Screen K13 Displays Trend Overview Screen Navigation to Trend Area K14 Displays Maintenance Overview Screen Navigation to Maintenance Area 5 PanelView Configuration Access Requires Login K16 K20 No function User Login F2 User Logout F3 F20 No function assignments to objects should be avoided as they are reserved for standard functions PanelView Plus 6 Model 700 Key Assignments on Typical Process Area Display Key Function K1 K6 Navigation between displays within a process area application specific K7 Return to Main Screen accessible on all screens K8 Displays Alarm Summary Screen K9 K11 Navigation between faceplate tabs on active faceplate K12 Closes faceplates Diag Info Alarm pop ups or any On Top display F1 F5 Equipment operations selections device faceplate application specific F6 F10 Faceplate operations on standard library objects Key Assignments on Main Screen Functions 6 Navigation between process areas application specific K7 No function K8 Displays Alarm Summary Screen K9 Displays Trend Overview Screen Navigation to Trend Area K10 Displays Maintenance Overview Screen Navigation to Maintenance Area PanelView Configuration Access Requires Login K12 No function Fi User Login F2 User Logout F3 F10 No function Pa
153. ave an identically named PLC instance attribute name s ec is found for the Communication between the BTL input source script and non object oriented PLCs The Allen Bradley PLC5s do not have an object oriented tagname attribute database as they are address mapped Therefore a conversion table is required and it exists within the Suitelink object This conversion table provides the linkage between the Wonderware tag database object instance attribute s and the PLC5 mapping address i e N80 20 1 In the future PLC5s will be replaced by ControlLogix PLCs which have an object oriented tagname attribute database eliminating the need for this conversion table as they will talk directly to PLC AOIs or UDTs The BTL input source script and unused attributes on common object library templates The BTL script that auto populates the attribute input sources is persistent and continues every 30 sec to try and locate a valid address posting a warning message into the logger for each failure Normally this is desired but what if you don t care about a specific attribute because it is not being used by the instance For example an overload alarm is provided in the standard library object template for a discrete motor but does not exist in a specific instance The solution involves the use of a Boolean Placeholder UDA which is inherited by all templates and object instances in the Galaxy and Me Placeholder entered for the attribute value
154. ays The default setting all users should be retained for consistency 4 6 D Account Login Logout All user accounts with the exception of View are password protected and require the user to provide both a username and password when logging in The Logout option on the main screen will logout the current user and login to the default View only account In order to switch to an operator supervisor or configure account the user will have to select the Login option on the main screen New PanelView projects are prohibited from providing other user account control functions other than the default login logout provided on the Main screen in the base project Set password functions for logged in users during runtime 18 prohibited 4 6 Auto Logout Each PanelView Plus 6 application should be configured for automatic logout after a period of inactivity This setting is configured in the Project Settings dialogue and is referenced in Section 04 3 C Project Runtime Settings of this document Part V CLX WW PV V 99 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 4 7 Alarming 4 7 Trigger Type configured alarm messages within the PanelView application shall use the Bit trigger type as opposed to the Value and LSBit methods The Bit trigger method aids in reducing the number of alarm trigger tags which can lead to optimized commun
155. ble precision values are posted to the F 8 file Control outputs from the HMI system are sometimes posted to the B 3 file but must be thoroughly annotated Part II Standards and Conventions 48 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 3 1 D Remote I O Addressing Remote I O rack addressing is not standardized Thorough annotation is required 3 1 E Flex I O Addressing Flex I O is used very little at this time Addressing is not standardized so thorough annotation is required 3 1 F Software Allen Bradley RSLogix 5 RSLogix 500 RSLinx and PanelBuilder software from Rockwell Automation are used exclusively for programming and building interfaces The software package and its application are listed below Software Application RSLogix 5 PLC 5 programming RSLogix 500 SLC 500 series programming RSLinx View active networks and run multiple applications PanelBuilder PanelView HMI configuration Third party applications such as Taylor software are not to be used New PLC programs or modifications to existing PLC programs shall be executed using software compatible with existing development software used by the NEORSD New or modified programs developed for the NEORSD using versions of software that are later than versions of software owned by the NEORSD shall be unacceptable It shall be the responsibility of the programmer to determine the existing ve
156. ce Certification Sheet Prior to loop and functional performance testing all analog loop signal processing devices e g hardwired signal converters and function relays and operator interface devices e g panel mounted process indicators loading stations controllers shall be calibrated configured and documented using a Loop Signal Processing Device and Operator Interface Device Certification Sheet Each Loop Signal Processing Device and Operator Interface Device Certification Sheet should include four sections as follows 5 The Project and Device Description section which shall include e Project Name Project Location e District Project Number e Control Loop Number e Drawing References such as P amp ID wiring diagram etc e Instrument Tag Number e Instrument Description e Instrument location e Instrument manufacturer e Instrument model number e Instrument serial number if applicable e Instrument range e Instrument setpoint and deadband as applicable 6 Calibration equipment section The certification sheet shall include the following information on the calibration equipment used e Type of Device e Manufacturer and Model Number e Accuracy e NIST Traceability Yes No 7 Calibration Results section The calibration results shall be entered on a table that is suitably sized and formatted for the type of instrument device being calibrated This includes e A table to record the calibration of analog loop devices
157. ce changes as conditions or equipment in the plant or process change These symbols are shown in Figure 1 1 3 through Figure 1 1 5 Symbols representing more generic equipment or types of equipment that are more often encountered are shown in Figure IL1 1 3 Each of these symbols changes color to indicate equipment status Red indicates that a piece of equipment is running or a valve or gate is fully opened Green indicates that a piece of equipment is off or a valve or gate is fully closed Yellow indicates that a piece of equipment is malfunctioning Black indicates that information is not available from the HMI process server These symbols also allow an operator to send commands to equipment More will be said on how commands are sent to equipment in Section 1 6 Process Control Part II Standards and Conventions 1 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Figure 1 1 4 shows other symbols that change as plant or process conditions change These symbols contain text describing the state of a piece of equipment Symbols at the far left side of the figure are the objects used to build process graphics These are points appropriate for pumps motors etc Figure II 1 1 5 shows a text symbol appropriate for valves and gates The yellow Alarm Text Boxes are normally not visible on an active screen However when an alarm condition arises the box bec
158. ceplate and popup displays Top Row F Keys Bottom Row F Keys Application specific Reserved for Standard Object equipment operations Library faceplate operations and selections The following tables list standard key pad functions for each Panel View Plus 6 type PanelView Plus 6 Models 1250 1500 Key Assignments on Typical Process Area Display Key Function 0 Navigation between displays within a process area application specific Return to Screen accessible on all screens K12 Displays Alarm Summary Screen K13 K14 No function K16 K19 Navigation between faceplate tabs on active faceplate K20 Closes faceplates Diag Info Alarm pop ups or any On Top display Part V CLX WW PV V 93 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Northeast Ohio amp t 1 Regional Sewer District For PanelView Plus 6 Model 1250 and 1500 terminals integrators typically will assign K1 K10 and 1 10 to objects within their specific application For screens with more than 10 objects requiring assignment keys F11 F20 may be used starting with F11 Assigning other keypad F1 F10 Equipment operations selections device faceplate application specific 11 20 Faceplate operations on standard library objects Key Assignments on Main Screen Functions 0 Navigation between process areas applic
159. ces without repeaters and no user adjustment The transmitted signal shall be immune to EMI and RFI interferences The transceivers shall transmit video and provide bi directional control for pan tilt zoom functions 2 The transceiver links shall consist of the following a Video Bandwidth 6 5 MHz b Optical Loss up to 13 dB maximum over the entire range c Wavelength 1300 nm d Transmitter Power 15 5 dBm e Receiver Sensitivity 28 5 dBm f Input level 1 0 V p p g Input Impedance 75 Ohms h SNR gt 50 dB i Differential Phase 2 degree maximum j Differential gain 3 maximum k Connectors BNC 1 Power Supply 320 mA at 12 to 18 VDC for both transmitter receivers m Fiber Cable 62 5 125 um fiber at 25 degree 3 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a Litton Poly Scientific b Or equal 8 1 1 System Controller 1 The microprocessor based multifunction system controller shall be used for setup camera control and video routing Two 2 lines of LCD display four 4 Function keys numeric keypad joystick camera key and monitor key and cursor keys shall be provided 2 Sequence function shall include go stop back sequence forward sequence increment and decrement sequence Lens functions shall include iris open close Part II Standards and Conventions 77 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer
160. ch application which has been developed using custom NEORSD developed library template objects Refer to NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual for details on the currently available object template library Note No InTouch tags placeholders are to be used without NEORSD pre approvals All operator screens shall be constructed using NEORSD template objects and graphic symbols All new applications are required to be developed within software environments that use matching application software revisions applied hot fixes patches etc to those at NEORSD Software developed using outdated revisions will not be accepted for import into the NEORSD galaxy Section 2 4 Security Design 2 4 A Platform Application Security e Authentication Mode OS Group Based security model Configurable Intervals gt Security Groups 18 Opers 2798 Opers Admin Managers Default gt Users and Roles Administrator Default HMI Programmer 18 Opers 2798 Opers Facility Managers Domain Programmers REF Programmers Administrators 00000000 O e User ID and Password Authentication OS Group Based e By default setpoint changes are allowed by normal operator access District operations PC amp A must determine and configure specific instances where set point editing is NOT standard procedure for operators 2 4 B ArchestrA Role Default e View only no ArchestrA or InTouch permissions Print displays Access level 0 e
161. circuit being protected Reaction time shall be on the order of nanoseconds d For signal lines use the SD series as manufactured by MTL or approved equal e For data highways use MTL ZoneBarrier or IP series data communications protectors or the Suppressor as manufactured by ITD or approved equal f For fieldbuses use FP or TP series from MTL or approved equal For AC power lines use MA series from MTL or approved equal F Identification 1 Provide laminated plastic nameplates for identification of panels and its components Nameplates shall be 3 32 inch thick laminated phenolic type with white matte finish and black letter engraving Nameplates shall be attached to the panel face with two stainless steel self tapping screws a Panel identification nameplates to have 1 2 inch high letter engravings b Panel mounted component 1 e control devices indicating lights selector switches instruments etc identification nameplates to have 14 inch high letter engravings Include legend plates for items like push buttons pilot lights and selector switches to show indication or position function e g ON or HAND OFF AUTO Part II Standards and Conventions II 25 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District c Nameplate engravings shall include the instrument or equipment tag number and descriptive title as shown and specified 2 Tag all internally moun
162. communication only between the Oracle database servers on the two networks The switch performs network address translation The ports run at 10 100Mb s 1 Standard Cisco 2621 6 3 C Media Converters and Transceivers The cost of fiber cards for the switches particularly single mode cards was considered excessive so fiber to twisted pair media converters are used for all connections not in the immediate area building This includes switch to switch runs The converters have very low latency on the order of 4 to 8 bits worth of time delay For PLCs an external transceiver is used either AUI to fiber ST connection or AUI to RJ 45 if in the building with a network switch have at least link receive transmit and power lights 1 Manufacturers a Lancast b Cabletron c Unicom Part II Standards and Conventions II 71 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 Model numbers Media Converters are all Lancast Twister models with ST connectors 100M rack card Single Mode 7131 16 75 10M rack card Single Mode 7111 16 75 100M stand alone Single Mode 2131 16 01 standalone Single Mode 2111 16 01 100M rack card Multi Mode 7131 15 75 10M rack card Multi Mode 7111 15 75 100M stand alone Multi Mode 2131 15 01 OM standalone Multi Mode 2111 15 01 Rack w dual power supplies 7500 17HS 2A SNMP card for rack 7501
163. configured ArchestrA UDAs to provide custom navigation Home Button This graphical button will navigate the user to the Plant Overview for each NEORSD location Perm_Value Light light will display green if the InTouch Perm Value is true red if Southerly Menu Westerly Menu Easterly Menu Instances Part V CLX WW PV V 22 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 E NEORSDAOS Description The NEORSDAOS represents a server in the automation application with redundancy and hosts engines areas and instances Functional Details Additional layer from other platforms Provides a template for redundant AOS platforms The Alarm Provider which creates and manages alarms History enabled to ensure all platform data is properly stored Store Forward enabled to locally store data to ensure data is never lost in the event of a connection issue with the Historian General Historian Store Forward Directory Statistics Average Period Enable InTouch alarm provider Checked message channel 30001 Redundancy primary channel 30000 Register using Galaxy Unchecked Part V CLX WW PV V 23 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Engine Design Element VALUE History Enable storage to historian Checked History
164. cord play reverse play rewind forward pause stop and recording time mode Up to 4 multiplexers may be cascaded to record up to 64 cameras inputs The single spot controller shall display video images of any camera connected to the system via system controller The unit shall provide a digital display on the monitor and also recording of year month day hour minute and second as well as alphanumeric camera location ID up to 8 characters on tape The multiplexer shall feature a built in programmable switcher with dwell time and camera order programming It shall automatically switch camera images to enable sequential spot monitoring and simultaneous field recording All multiplexers provided under this Contract shall be connected via RG59 U coaxial cable using BNC connecters The multiplexer shall allow for recorded images to be played back in full screen or in 4 9 or 16 multi screen display mode It shall also feature multi spot playback mode which shall combine 3 multiplexer functions playback record and live multi screen monitoring In this mode the unit shall feature playback from video tape recorder 1 displayed in the upper left corner display of 4 7 10 13 multi screen modes In addition the duplex multiplexer shall feature live viewing of cameras on remaining multi screen views Freeze mode shall be available for VCR playback The multiplexer shall provide access to all camera control setup alarm functions including p
165. creating PLC overflows or errors The logic design prevents errors by checking the variables against defined limits Part II Standards and Conventions I 52 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 5 D Implementation The logic is implemented in three steps for integrators to follow when applying the Truncated Value logic Step 1 Configure two data files N700 ROUNDING I provide with 10 words F800 ROUNDING F provide with 10 words Use the predefined words in the truncating logic standard which will on import fill their descriptions into the N700 and F800 data files OUNDING I 700 N Global No 10 10 N700 9 OUNDING F 800 F Global 20 10 F800 9 Table 1 Step 2 Insert Rounding Program The logic will be standard and is to be used in all PLC5s implementing this Truncated Value solution The logic will be its own subroutine Create a new program file whichever is the next available the file number is irrelevant but it must be the last in the program files Call the new program file ROUND Import the truncating logic into the newly created ladder program Once the new program file is created the JSR block parameter for jumping to the truncating logic can be set subsequent JSRs for the truncating logic in the PLC program will now reference this new program file Note The PLCS inherent logic converts any number above 9 999 999
166. ct 2 7 Q Screen_Object Description The Screen Object contains a Node string array which restricts which InTouch windows can send outputs based on which Node the view client is on Functional Details e The screen object must be named same as the InTouch window e The Nodes where the window will be used are set in the UDA Node The string array can contain up to 32 node names Attributes array for setting where window is Instances The screen instances are to be hosted in the appropriate NEORSD plant area Easterly_Screen_Objects Westerly_Screen_Objects Southerly_Screen_Objects For example screens developed for the Southerly plant would have the screen object instances placed in the Southerly_Screen_Objects area The various plant areas already exist in the NEORSD galaxy and should have been provided in the base cab file provided for Wonderware development SECTION 2 8 DEVICE OBJECT TEMPLATE LIBRARY All interfaces between PLC and Wonderware HMI applications will use a District approved object Refer to the NEORSD Standard Object User Manual for a list of the District approved templates New ControlLogix applications should utilize the AOI that corresponds to the HMI template Deviations from this practice require NEORSD approval Part V CLX WW PV V 43 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 9
167. ction 5 1 Panel Construction Part II Standards and Conventions II 42 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 2 4 Panel Components 2 4 A Power Distribution Terminal Blocks 1 Provide copper power distribution blocks according to drawings or sized to meet application Provide Square D Class 9080 LBC series or approved equal Provide clear plastic covers for terminal blocks to prevent incidental contact with terminals 2 4 Terminal Blocks 1 i 10 Terminate all field wiring and internal panel wiring at screw type feed through terminal blocks Provide gray terminal blocks unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings Provide Allen Bradley Catalog number series 1492 J or approved equal Adjust catalog number for wire sizes used For example for wire size range from 22 AWG to 10 AWG use Allen Bradley Catalog No 1492 J4 or approved equal Terminal blocks shall be UL CSA approved with a 600 volt rating All terminal blocks shall have finger safe terminals Mount terminals on rigid high rise aluminum DIN rail Use Allen Bradley Cat No 1492 DR6 or approved equal Heavy duty end anchors shall be provided on both ends of all terminal strips to firmly anchor the terminal blocks to the mounting rail and insulating end barriers shall be provided on one end of the terminal strip as necessary No more than two wires shall be terminat
168. ction 9 1 for list of process numbers The PLC name will follow the format Site Area Process Train X Where Site is the site location of the PLC S Southerly E Easterly W Westerly Area is the two digit code for the process area of the PLC Refer to Part II Section 9 1 for a list of process area codes Process is the description of the process or primary equipment being controlled by the PLC Refer to Part Section 7 for a list of standard abbreviations Train is the number associated with the equipment train 1 2 3 etc when applicable may be used when multiple trains use a common PLC for auxiliary controls X is the alphabetical sequence A B C etc for parallel pieces of equipment associated with the train when applicable Example 57 CNTIA for Southerly building 57 train 1 the first centrifuge 47 ICE for Southerly building 47 incinerator common equipment controls Also the PLC program file name should match the PLC name Using the first example above the ControlLogix file name would be 557 Section 3 3 Controller I O 3 3 A I O Distribution I O is arranged to concentrate related inputs or outputs on single cards so that an I O card failure will affect only one or two pieces of equipment i e all start stop run fail signals for a given pump are on the same card However spare or backup equipment shall be entirely wired to separate I O cards to avoid losi
169. d in this document and ultimately the District Automation Standard Part V CLX WW PV V 69 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District Typical Messaging Architecture PRIMARY CONTROL SYSTEM NETWORK SECONDARY CONTROL SYSTEM NETWORK Local PLC DISTRIBUTED I O Target PLC DISTRIBUTED Primary Pathway Secondary Pathway Message Data Tags DINT REAL and MSG tags Data array tag name format MSG instruction tag name format DIRECTION NAME DATATYPE PLC NAME DATATYPE MSG SEND or RCVD DINT or REAL Tage PLC name Target PLC name DINT or REAL Message Alarm Tags Alarms are generated from the Primary and Secondary MSG error bits as well as the Watchdog fault both primary and secondary MSG errors Discrete objects must be used to map these alarms into the OIT and HMI Since the alarm tags are a part of the Wonderware galaxy each tag must be unique Use the following format when naming these tags Local PLC Name PRI MSG FLT Target PLC Name 47_INC1_PRI_MSG_FLT_S47_ICE Local PLC Name SEC MSG FLT Target PLC Name ex 547 INCI SEC MSG FLT 547 ICE Local PLC Name WatchDog Target PLC Name 547 WatchDog 547 ICE Part V CLX WW PV 70 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMA
170. d resumes and work experience for the staff that shall be working on the project This requirement shall apply both to office staff and field staff of the Part II Standards and Conventions 90 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District System Integrator Because of the highly technical and skilled nature of the work the District shall retain the right of approval and removal of all System Integrator staff 9 2 C System Integration Responsibilities CONTRACTOR shall retain the System Integrator to assume the responsibilities specified below However delegating these specified responsibilities to the System Integrator shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the ultimate responsibility for completion of the work specified in the Contract The Integrator shall e Install and wire the system e Verify signal paths for all points connected to the control system under the Contract whether new or existing e Verify that termination points have been properly wired e Develop detailed documentation that covers system configuration control logic programming HMI system programming loop checks testing troubleshooting commissioning of the instrumentation control system in accordance with the Contract Documents network and system interconnection drawings and verification of meeting all applicable codes standards and regulations e Provide all specified process cont
171. den not viewable in development mode in WindowMaker USE visibility functions available in WindowViewer runtime environment Window development resolution is 1280 x 1024 2 11 C Lines Lines depicting process piping are static and mimic logical representation of the process When possible it is preferred for process piping flow to enter the screen from the left and exit on the right It is preferred that process piping not cross over however this is not always practical When process lines do cross over without joining they must not interest visibly and break the vertical line only Part V CLX WW PV V 49 Revision 2 0 1 Northeast Ohio NEORSD AUTOMATION W Regional Sewer District STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL 2 11 D Text Guideline Do not use periods to denote abbreviations Window heading to be centered and contain both the building number and system name e Informational text is black Information Type Color Font Size Window Header White Arial Bold 16 Title Heading Black Arial Bold 12 Detail Label Black Arial Bold 10 To From piping button labels Black Arial Bold Italic 11 2 11 Pipes InTouch vs ArchestrA e Process piping is not dynamic e Standard piping size is set to 5 points e Standard Process Colors Pipe Contents Color Potable Water Blue NPW Aqua Seal Water Aqua Steam White
172. e The third is defined in Table 1 This is used when the intermediate integer value has a scaled range exceeding 32767 PLC5 defines an integer by default as having only 15 useable bits to the word and the 16 determining the sign of the value N7 Integer This file is used to store bit information or numeric values with a range of 32767 to 32768 3 5 Background Process variables from various sources in SCADA such as a PLC which are used for data analysis in existing and upgraded databases as presented to the SCADA system have consistency errors during data analysis Process variables when stored historically with a long number of digits after the decimal point are in fact interpreted differently by various platforms and users These interpretations whether automated or user directed present rounding errors when converting between platforms Overall these data analysis errors create reporting discrepancies These errors can end up being significant over a long period of time In other words two users can interpret the identical data differently Part II Standards and Conventions II 51 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District It has been determined that limiting process variables at the HMI level is not possible The displayed value can be limited but the background raw data value used for reporting is always the full floating point v
173. e A table to record the calibration of process event trips Part II Standards and Conventions 102 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e record of the analog device calibration shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing input signals at 0 25 50 75 and 100 percent of span a Input value b Output value c Display reading d Span the difference between the Maximum upper range value and Minimum lower range value calibrated values of the instrument e Error Output Input Span x 100 A record of the process event trip calibrations shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing inputs at all setpoints a Setpoint value b Operate value c Reset value d Error Setpoint value Operate value units 8 Attestation Section The calibration sheet shall include the following information identifying the persons responsible for performing the calibration and witnessing the calibration e Printed name and dated signature of the CONTRACTOR s Representative responsible for the calibration e Printed name and dated signature of the District s Representative responsible for witnessing the calibration e Printed name and dated signature and company affiliation of the lead person that actually performed the calibration 9 2 Q Control Loop Checkout Sheet The Contractor shall p
174. e because there is not any support in Server 2008 for this to run as a service e Based on location the engine name in the Engine UDA must be updated General Enable storage to historian Maximum time for scripts to 1000 ms execute Maximum asynchronous thread 5 count Checkpoint directory location Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Redundancy Enable redundancy Unchecked Part V CLX WW PV V 17 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District R W Interrupts Enable standard interrupts Unchecked Attributes Attribute DATA TYPE DESCRIPTION Turns the Alarm Logging Service through the AlmDBLogRunning Seat to see on which node the Alarm Logger is Provides engine name for setservice script based Scripts Script EXECUTION TYPE DESCRIPTION ALMDB Restarts Restarts the engine when the platform changes engine when the Restarts the engine when the platform changes changes Triggers the setservice script when the object is on onscan Execute Scan Starts and Stops the Alarm DB Logger depending Kills the Logger Service when the object is Part V CLX WW PV V 18 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Graphics e DBLoggerConnection o The DBLoggerConnection graphic displays a constant string of DB Logger S
175. e modems for communication between Allen Bradley PLCs The PLC at the plant is polled to obtain the statuses and values of points at the pump station Note that cellular communications are being designed for new and retrofit projects Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the latest standards Part II Standards and Conventions 1 72 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 6 5 A Modem Two different types of modem are used a 2 wire leased line and a 4 wire leased line modem both running at 33 6Kbaud or as negotiated when line conditions change 1 Standards a 4 wire leased line b 2 wire leased line 6 5 B Dedicated Leased Lines Dedicated leased lines are provided by the LEC AT amp T Records for the leased lines are kept by the EIS department Section 6 6 Remote Collection System Site Modem Communication The remote collection system sites are currently managed by a combination of Modicon PLC software Factorylink OS 2 software DB 2 database and custom software Leased line modems are used The system is slated for upgrade in the next 2 years Standards may be different because of the need to continue operation during communications failures common with remote sites such as these See the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the latest configuration Section 6 7 Remote Collection System Si
176. e of the overall logic along with the function of the first rung e The additional rungs must be commented with their specific purposes Each logic element operand must be commented to identify its purpose e Include tag labels when possible See example program below ee File Edit View Communications hlola aleko Waan Timer 6 imas cut tam Casing Water Pamp When Line 7 and Line 2 Temperature drop tes off Cooks Water Pump and Bat warning Light For Help press FL x Rung 0 o 4 92 Offline x as Part V CLX WW PV V 115 Revision 2 0 1
177. eIntegration Object Instances o Application Configuration Can Create Modify Delete Application Object Instances o Deployment Permissions Deploy Undeploy System Objects Deploy Undeploy Area Objects Deploy Undeploy Application Objects Can Deploy Undeploy DeviceIntegration Objects Mark an Object as Undeployed o Graphic Management Permissions Create Modify Delete ViewApplications Can Deploy Undeploy ViewApplications Part V CLX WW PV V 6 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District gt SMC Permissions o Start the SMC o Start Stop Engine Platform o Can Write to GObject Attributes using Object Viewer Operational permissions All 2 4 G ArchestrA Role Administrator Administrators Default Wonderware user with full control of ArchestrA and InTouch Access level 9999 unchangeable General permissions All Operational permissions All 2 4 H Common Functions InTouch Inactivity Warning If someone is logged into the system for more than 50 minutes without any activity on the HMI node the system will warn the user of a pending Inactivity Automatic Logout Inactivity Timeout if someone is logged into the system for more than 60 minutes without any activity on the HMI node the system will automatically log the user off the system Disable ALT ESC and Windows keys if the currentl
178. eats 3 allowed Message Exchange Message exchange port 3026 Engine Engine startup type Auto Restart the engine when it fails checked Scan period 1000 ms Scripts Maximum time for scripts to execute count Alarm throttle limit 2000 alarms s Statistics average period 10000 ms Part V CLX WW PV V 36 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Ls Regional Sewer District Design Element VALUE Engine failure timeout 10000 ms Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Instances Southerly Node Westerly GR Node Easterly GR Node 2 7 M NEORSDUserDefined Description The NEORSDUserDefined represents the starting point for creating custom built objects that include Discrete and Analog Attributes UDAs Scripts Extensions or Contained objects Functional Details e Additional layer between the derived templates and aUserDefined Supports flexibility of design if a common script attribute UDA needs created and is common to all areas Location of the Placeholder attribute which is distributed to all derived templates e Addition of this layer supports manufacturer best practices and prevents need to alter BTLs Attributes Attribute Data Type DESCRIPTION Used as an input source to disable the BTL input source auto Instances derived object templates are derived from NEORSDUserDefined see der
179. ect Number e Control Loop Number Drawing References such as P amp ID wiring diagram etc Part II Standards and Conventions II 98 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Instrument Tag Number Asset Number if assigned e Instrument Description e Instrument location e Instrument manufacturer e Instrument model number e Instrument serial number if applicable e Instrument range e Calibrated signal range e Instrument setpoint and deadband for switches 2 Calibration equipment section The certification sheet shall include the following information on the calibration equipment used e Type of Device e Manufacturer and Model Number e Accuracy e NIST Traceability Yes No 3 Calibration Results section The calibration results shall be entered on a table that is suitably sized and formatted for the type of instrument device being calibrated This include e A table to record the calibration of analog instrumentation and devices such as transmitters analyzers and indicators e A table to record the calibration of process switches and other field configurable calibratable sensing devices A record of the transmitter analyzer and indicator calibrations shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing input signals at 0 25 50 75 and 100 percent of span e Input value e Output value e Integral display readi
180. ector of La R Czerski D Mackie K Waag T Jordan R Lowery NEORSD Support Services for Automation 55 1 Operations Process Control and Automation Pre Proposal Sign In zu 852 MIR a ne com 566 280 8784 e f ix ios 210 77 bunad Sog Sump amc fh Attachment 1 Northeast Ohio gt Regional Sewer District NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Revision 2 0 1 Date June 2 2014 This page left blank intentionally NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District Revision History Revision Revision Date Author Updated Section Description 0 0 0 24 Nov 2010 PSIM All Compiled all individual standard documents into this single document Removed Loop spreadsheets using a hyperlink 0 0 0 24 Nov 2010 PSIM Part I Section 3 Added Deviation Request 0 0 0 24 Nov 2010 PSIM Part II Section 1 9 Updated for new naming convention 0 0 0 24 Nov 2010 PSIM Part IV Section 7 Added Process Abbreviations List 0 0 0 24 Nov 2010 PSIM Part V Added new sections for Wonderware and ControlLogix and PanelView programming 0 0 1 02 Dec 2010 PSIM Part V Minor changes
181. ecute CIP Data Table Read command Programs should never write data to another controller without written authorization from NEORSD messaging should be performed over Ethernet Messaging over a DeviceNet network is not permitted In a redundant processor system the messaging must take into account the dual network pathways If one network is down the messaging will continue over the remaining pathway A failed message command should automatically reset itself after an appropriate amount of time Messaging should not be used to communicate HMI signals to a PLC If a direct Ethernet connection to the PLC is not available to the HMI contact your District representative 3 10 B Organization Messaging logic should be organized into two program areas IO Mapping Message IO e Use individual routine for each PLC e Organize instructions into common order map Send data data to be read by other PLC map Receive data Data is organized into DINT and REAL requiring separate message instructions per PLC Misc Logic Message Control e MSG Control routine should contain the logic for regulating the execution of the MSG commands as well as error handling Use separate routines for each PLC being messaged Part V CLX WW PV V 68 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 10 C Peer Messaging Guidelines This section provides further details regardi
182. ed at any single screw Provide jumpers as required to join adjacent terminal blocks for additional wiring connection points All terminal blocks shall be labeled with alpha or numeric identifiers on each block Identifiers shall be pre printed snap in marker cards Provide a separate terminal block for landing each analog signal cable shield Provide separate terminal strips with minimum physical separation for DC signal and AC power wiring Maintain minimum physical separation between signal and power wiring See Part 2 Section 2 3 for separation distances Provide spare terminal blocks equal in number to 20 percent of the terminals used for each type of wiring for example signal and power Mount on DIN rail Wire all spares from I O card termination arms to the interposing terminal blocks 2 4 C Fused Terminal Blocks 1 2 3 Provide screw type fused terminal blocks for all wiring powered from within panels or enclosures or to devices located outside the panel or enclosure Provide black terminal blocks unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings Fused terminal blocks shall be Allen Bradley catalog number series 1492 H or approved equal with blown fuse indication LED preferred when available For example for 1 4 x 1 4 fuse size and 10 to 57 V AC DC service use 1492 H5 with LED indicator and for 100 to 300 V AC service use 1492 H4 with Neon indicator or approved equal Fused terminal blocks shall be UL CSA appro
183. ed the Process Control and Automation PC amp A Department to provide expertise and services to maintain and manage the process control and automation system The PC amp A and Engineering amp Construction Departments have established design configuration and implementation standards to enable the District to manage the overall uniformity compatibility and quality of control system hardware software instrumentation communications and documentation SECTION 2 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL Wherever possible process control system design implementation and components including hardware software communications programming and supporting mechanical and electrical design and equipment must adhere to NEORSD standards Standardization provides a number of benefits including improved buying power reduced spare parts inventory easier reduced training requirements better overall performance and uniform operation and maintenance As part of the overall effort to achieve consistent compatible and reliable implementation of instrumentation and control systems throughout the Districts wastewater collection and treatment facilities the District has developed this NEORSD Automation Standards Conventions Manual and has also compiled a collection of instrumentation and control templates guidelines design standards and standard specifications These documents are based on best practices and examples of successful system development under various D
184. ed when requested System Integrator shall develop written testing and verification procedures for every aspect of system performance Procedures shall include the criteria for acceptance Procedures for correction and retesting in case of error or failure shall be included All affected parties shall review these procedures and the District shall approve the procedures prior to testing Omissions or inadequacies in procedures do not relieve the System Integrator from providing a complete checkout startup and commissioning System Integrator shall with the CONTRACTOR S assistance perform any other checks or testing deemed necessary by the NEORSD ENGINEER or their representative to demonstrate a fully functional system or systems and properly operating system s to the satisfaction of the NEORSD Tests shall be re performed if there is a failure during all or part of a test or at the discretion of the NEORSD ENGINEER or their representative 9 2 G Integrity Testing Electrical conductors shall be tested for continuity and insulation resistance according to industry standards and NEORSD requirements 9 2 H Calibration All instrumentation devices and actuators shall have been calibrated and documented as such by the manufacturer before shipment to the Owner s site instrumentation devices and actuators shall also be field calibrated after installation and before commencement of checkout and startup Calibration services sh
185. egional Sewer District monitoring and control of the various processes and equipment necessary to perform the functions intended Use Rockwell Software FactoryTalk AssetCentre application or other application acceptable to the District to track and manage changes CONTRACTOR shall verify set and record all ranges spans parameters setpoints engineering units and other data required for the complete checkout and operation of the instrumentation and control system CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER certified calibration reports for field and panel instruments and devices specified in the Contract Documents as soon as calibration is completed Receipt of any calibration certificate by the District shall in no way imply acceptance of any portion of the work or any products furnished by the CONTRACTOR The calibration certificates shall be prepared and furnished by the CONTRACTOR calibration data pertinent to each individual instrument shall be provided on the calibration certificates Each calibration certificate shall be signed and dated by the person performing the calibration and by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR Three copies of each completed certificate shall be submitted to the ENGINEER CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER two copies of an installation inspection report certifying that all equipment has been installed correctly and is operating properly The report shall be signed by an authorized
186. either controller offline or having to reschedule network e Programmatically start stop communications based on events or sequences e Ability to buffer I O connection See section 3 10 for additional guidance on implementing messaging instructions 3 4 B Produce Consume Produce Consume communication between controllers should not be used unless a governing need is present and written approval has been given by NEORSD Programmers should standardize on message instructions based on comparable performance and added flexibility as compared to the produce consume method Section 3 5 Controller Tags 3 5 A Tag Naming Tag naming is explained in detail under Part II Section 1 9 3 5 B Tag Scope All tags communicating with the HMI or OIT must use controller scoped tag formatting Tags not expected to be linked with the HMI may be program scoped This means that the AOIs used in the ContorlLogix program to communicate with the Wonderware object instance need to be controller scoped 3 5 Aliasing Tag aliasing is not permitted due to limitations in manipulating and readdressing aliased tags online Part V CLX WW PV V 60 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 5 D User Defined Data Types UDTs General UDT development for non HMI OIT interface logic is unrestricted and may be freely used at the programmer s discretion usage should be
187. eld devices that require 24 VDC Mount alongside I O chassis Input Voltage 120 VAC 60 Hz Output Current Sized for loads at 24 VDC with 25 spare capacity Provide all cabling as required 0 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 1606 XLS Performance Series 11 Provide DeviceNet or other fieldbus power supplies and power conditioners as required E E yos D VO Chassis 1 Type I O chassis designed to house the PLC processor network communication interface modules including Ethernet ControlNet DeviceNet and universal remote I O communication modules etc and the I O modules The chassis shall be sub panel mounted 2 Provide all required signal and power cables between I O chassis and power supplies as required 3 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 1756 A4K 4 slot 1756 A7K 7 slot 1756 A10K 10 slot or 1756 A13K 13 slot 1756 A17K 17 slot All are back panel mount type b Order with conformal coating designation when available 4 Available with Class 1 Division 2 hazardous area certification E IO Modules 1 Available Types The types of I O modules available for use with the PLC system shall be as required Provide screw clamp or spring clamp extended depth removable terminal blocks for all I O cards depending on configuration of interposing terminations Wire size range from 22 AWG to 12 AWG The following types of manufacturer standard I O modules shall be available
188. end to 8 or less 4 8 H Other Trend Settings In general developers shall try to use the existing trend examples in the base project as a guideline for configuring trends in their application The following list details general trend settings GENERAL Chart Style Standard Chart Update Mode Automatic DISPLAY Chart Radix Decimal Data Point Connection Connect Data Points Display Milliseconds Unchecked Display Pen Icons Checked Font Arial 8 Bold Scrolling Allow Scroll Mode Continuous Buffer for Extra Data 2000 PENS Width 1 Marker None X AXIS Display Scale Checked Display Gridlines Checked Grid Lines 4 Major 0 Minor Y AXIS Isolated Graphing Unchecked Display Scale Checked Display Grid Lines Checked Grid Lines 4 Major 0 Minor Scale Options Select Each Pen On Independent Scale Part V CLX WW PV V 104 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 4 9 Data Logging 4 9 A Number of Models Applications should include a single data log file to collect all pertinent data Only one data log can run at any given time Use of data log models is required to provide trend history for all configured application trends 4 9 B Maximum Data Points The maximum data points must be set to achieve a 12 hour history of logged data for all configured trends 4 9 C Logging P
189. entiate allowable levels of system access for each type of user default level of access VIEWER has no control of equipment Only monitoring of processes and equipment is allowed Four other user roles have been defined Two roles have been defined to differentiate areas of responsibility of on site union personnel These roles are the 2798OPER operator for Local 2798 personnel and the 18 operator for Local 18 personnel Users logged in to the system as a 2798 may not control equipment whose area of responsibility belongs to Local 18 Union personnel and vice versa Two other roles have been created with higher levels of access The MANAGER role for Shift Managers and Unit Process Managers UPMs may control all equipment The S YSADMIN role for programmer and network administrators may also control all equipment However this is generally for testing and troubleshooting purposes Determining the role of a user shall be done at the HMI level via login procedures The HMI shall prevent the transmission of control commands to PLCs by users attempting to control equipment inappropriate to their system role The Location of a User Operations personnel at the Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center SWTC require operators to be in the vicinity of the equipment they operate via the HMI Control functions at the SWTC shall be enabled at the HMI level based on the node name of the HMI station
190. er supply voltage breaker size in amps power panel identification and circuit number shall be shown on the Drawings b The panels shall be provided with an internal 120 VAC power distribution with separate circuit breakers sized as required to distribute power Provide circuit breakers for 24 VDC instruments with no more than six devices on a single circuit Provide 20 spare minimum of two installed breakers or fused terminations for each type and voltage level c All 120 VAC instrument power circuits shall be protected by separate DIN rail mounted circuit breakers by Idec or equal d When DC power and or low voltage AC power is required provide install and wire the necessary power supplies and transformers in the panel For example all panels shall have a 24 VDC power supply wired to power analog signals that are not otherwise powered 2 Convenience Accessories a One 120 VAC 20 A duplex grounding type receptacle b 120 VAC fluorescent light fixture s with shielding and filtering to minimize EMI Lamp wattage minimum 20 W and number of fixtures suitable for sufficient illumination of entire panel c One 120 VAC 20A snap switch for light fixture s mounted in a metal outlet box with a metal cover Locate in an area easily accessible from access door d The light fixture s and duplex receptacle shall have its own circuit breaker wired to separate terminals for separate 120 VAC service 3 Wiring and Termination a
191. erals 3 Model number DT 2000 PS2 4 2 D Enclosure 1 A lockable enclosure sized for the two CPUs and network hardware Monitors to be mounted remotely with keyboards 4 2 E Installation Details This section does not contain all installation details for the equipment system shown only those that are required by the NEORSD These details may exceed those required by the equipment manufacturer or local codes A Area Control Stations Servers 1 Installation details use separate flexible conduits to connect network cables UPS power and normal power Power and network outlets use single gang boxes mounted to the cabinet Part II Standards and Conventions 62 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 4 3 Historians and Domain Controllers This section provides the detailed requirements for a historian and domain controller There are currently two historians and one domain controller per plant They are not accessed directly by operators and are for database and administrative functions only historian and domain controller include the following A Computer System B Monitor C Keyboard D Enclosure Detailed Specifications 4 3 Computer System 1 The computers are Compaq Proliant 1600 and have the following components Pentium II microprocessor 450MHz Three 9 1Gb SCSI hot swappable hard drives in sled Smart Array 3200 R
192. erform loop checkouts for each control loop in the system and provide suitable documentation certifying that the loop is properly tuned and operating correctly Record keeping and generation of documentation shall be facilitated electronically with the use of MS Excel spreadsheet or MS Access applications at the preference of the District The control loop checkout sheet shall have a section verifying each of the six steps described below When these have been verified and signed off the functional performance testing FPT can be started e Verify mechanical field installation and that there are no leaks a Motors and Pumps b Valves and Dampers e Verify that all Instruments are calibrated correctly for the specified ranges and setpoints Part II Standards and Conventions II 103 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District a Pressure Instruments b Flow Instruments c Level Instruments d Temperature Instruments e Analysis Instruments e Verify electrical power wiring a Incoming power sources for proper voltage b Field and panel cables properly installed and identified c Circuit breakers sized and operating correctly d Fuses sized correctly e Verify control system Input and Output wiring a Digital inputs for example switches b Digital outputs for example on off signals c Analog inputs transmitters d Analog outputs VFDs valves and meters e V
193. erify software logic is complete a Correct programs are loaded b Factory Acceptance Test FAT thoroughly completed c Software Management Practices in place e Verify HMI or OIT points and displays are complete a Graphic screens and screen navigation b Alarm screens and operator actions c Trend Displays and Data Archiving configured properly The I O checkout software logic and HMI OIT should have been verified during the factory acceptance test The Control Loop Checkout Sheet shall have a section verifying each of the steps gt described above When these have been verified and signed off the Functional Performance Testing can be started All instruments and devices shall be checked to verify compliance with the specifications approved shop drawings The calibration of analog devices shall be verified including the zero and span Analog wiring shall be checked for correct polarity and ground continuity at each termination point in the loop Part II Standards and Conventions II 104 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District All analog loops shall be verified at each termination point at 0 25 50 75 and 100 signal levels CONTRACTOR shall provide the following documentation for use during the Commissioning effort This documentation is in addition to any documentation required by the Contract Complete field wiring and loop diagrams C
194. esent a neat appearance Angled runs are not acceptable Mount wire troughs parallel to terminal strips Provide adequate spacing with a 4 minimum in order to read wire identification tag without opening wire trough or moving any wires or panel components Adequately support and restrain all wiring runs to prevent sagging or other movement Terminate all field wiring on minimum 600 V rated terminal blocks Fused terminal blocks shall have a minimum 300 V rating and shall have blown fuse indication terminal blocks shall be mounted on rigid high rise aluminum DIN rail Use Allen Bradley Cat No 1492 DR6 or approved equal Terminal blocks shall be IP2X finger safe and UL rated No 120 VAC or higher voltage exposed terminals allowed Terminal blocks shall accommodate minimum 12 AWG wire Terminals to have screwed connections and numeric identifiers beside each connection Identifiers to be plastic inserts or self stick plastic tape with permanent machine printed numbers Provide Allen Bradley 1492 series Phoenix Contact or approved equal All wiring shall be installed such that if wires are removed from any one device power will not be disrupted to any other device All spare I O points shall be wired completely to all termination points including PLC I O terminations and interposing terminal blocks Provide spare terminal blocks equal in number to 20 percent of the terminals used for each type of wiring i e DC signal AC power
195. esignator for multiple equipment operating in parallel on a single process train This may appear after the first or second descriptions For example CNT la centrifuge a for incinerator train 1 Loop the loop number from the flow diagram or instrument tag This is always a 4 digit number If the loop number is not available use as a place holder Note that in the case of valves this will be the valve number and may not match the loop number Desc2 the second description field intended for the equipment or device associated with the tag It may also be used for sub process areas or components of a larger piece of equipment Additional descriptions _ Desc3 Train Parallel may be added to the tag name as needed Parameter the process variable of the associated equipment When no parameter is needed this field can be used for the object type such as PID This is useful in preventing duplicate tag names Not shown in the tag name is the attribute which is a specific property of an object The attribute is NOT part of the tag name it is defined by the object and not modifiable by the user These attributes will link functionality from the CLX to the WW or PV graphics Note The attribute name and the do not count in the 32 character limit Part II Standards and Conventions 15 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District
196. esponding PID program Routine names shall consist of the specific control loop name Naming shall be consistent throughout the PLC code Examples include Incineratorl Air Flow Boiler1 Level 3 8 J Process Control Routines Process control routines shall be created under the corresponding Process Control program area Routine names shall consist of the specific device name Process names shall be consistent throughout the PLC code Section 3 9 Initialization Logic 3 9 A General System critical variables and control modes shall be initialized at controller startup The preferred method is to utilize the processors First Scan bit but other techniques are allowed It is the contractor s responsibility to review the specific process needs for initialization logic with the District on every project 3 9 B Initialize Routine Include a routine named Initialize under each program area that requires initialization logic Condition this routine in the Main routine using the controller s S FS bit system first scan Note that the NEORSD AOI library objects utilize pre scan routines that initialize each AOI prior to executing the AOI main logic Part V CLX WW PV V 67 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 3 10 Message Instruction Guidelines 3 10 A General Messaging is hosted in the local controller and can only ex
197. ets for more than one set of equipment or process train the alarm message shall be prefixed with the equipment or train number to be followed by the alarm in the message Several alarm message examples are shown below for a raw water softener skid with three units Part V CLX WW PV V 100 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Softener 1 Conductivity High Softener 2 Conductivity High Softener 2 Differential Pressure High Softener 3 Conductivity High High Use of embedded variables in the alarm message shall not be used Alarm messages must fully match across both the HMI and OIT displays as well as the comments provided in the tag description in the PLC In general the PLC programmers shall decide the alarm message place the message as part of the bit field comment of the alarm tag and provide the same alarm message for OIT and HMI developers to configure 4 7 F Advanced Settings Default values for the advanced alarm settings as defined within the base PanelView project shall be used The default advanced alarm settings values are detailed below Display Alarm PV default History 128 Hold Time ms 250 Max Update Rate seconds 1 Optional Connections None Prior approval from the District is required before a specific application may deviate from the advanced settings Part V CLX WW PV
198. eviewed by the District or its representative prior to implementing in a tag name 1 10 E Example Tag Names The following examples are provided to assist in illustrating the tag naming format S47 xxxx WB PSI where 5 represents the Southerly site 47 is the process area number for incineration INCI is the fluidized bed incinerator process train 1 WB is windbox the device or equipment description PSI is pressure the process parameter CNM BSI Inlet LVL where represents a collection site Remote Pump Station in this case NM is for Nine Mile BSI is for bar screen 1 Inlet LVL is level on the inlet side Since a Remote Pump Station and similar sites do not need numerical process area numbers the two character alpha abbreviation nm for example will serve as the location in the ProcessAreaNumber Location part of the tag Other sample ControlLogix and Wonderware tags 547 INCI xxxx burner 1 natural gas flow Part II Standards and Conventions II 17 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 557 CNTIA xxxx ScrollDrive SPD centrifuge a on train 1 scroll drive speed 557 POL STNKI LVL polymer storage tank 1 level 557 PHUIA PLP PipeA PSI pump hydraulic unit train 1 unit pipeline lubrication pump
199. evision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 4 4 Display Development 4 4 A Display Type Replace type displays shall be used for depicting process flow measurements and status Replace type displays consume the least amount of memory and provide a simplified mechanism for closing the prior screen onscreen functionality will be depicted within a single opened Replace type screen This includes local display time logged in user indication the graphical depiction of the process real time tag values and control measurements and screen navigation Common functionality will be repeated on each Replace type screen as needed Top display types shall be used for faceplates and other overlay graphics as required by the project With the exception of faceplate graphics included as part of the standard template library On Top display types should be limited within the project Top Cannot Be Replaced display types shall not be used without prior approval from the District 4 4 B Display Name Refer to the diagram in section 4 4E for additional clarity Display names shall take the following format AREA DISP AREA PROC DISPLAY Where AREA Arbitrary 2 digit number not related to tag naming area that groups common screens together in the application For applications with only a single area this value should be 01
200. f reports and the collection of historical data The process control and automation system design records should summarize design factors and constraints under which their application in the process control system is subject to Where specifically cited in the process control narratives the design factors shall reference the associated system design record Categories into which the design records should be organized are as follows e Process Control and Monitoring e Electrical and Mechanical e Safety and Security e Inventory Management Part II Standards and Conventions 11 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e Regulatory Reports and Requirements e Historian Within each category the designer must identify e The design record items by English description and symbolic analytical mathematical logical definition e Scientific engineering and design standards reference source s that define or affect the nature of the item e The process control system database tags and their descriptions associated with the item as input variables constants or results e Assumptions constraints and constants that directly influence the item Section 1 8 Custom Programming Some functions unavailable in the present HMI were created using custom visual basic programs In addition several administrative tools are used which would be considered custom progra
201. fication is required derived point needs to be added to the point database This requires notification unless the point is used only for convenience on displays where it is a calculation based upon otherwise reported points or where the value can be derived in reporting A general circumstance has arisen that might affect a report Items to include in notification e The nature of change s e The reason for the request e The date and time field equipment changed or was placed back in service if applicable e Tag ID s e Cimplicity Database Logging table name s e g 5 TC PRESS Oracle field name s usually in the form id VALO check the appropriate Oracle table if in doubt Cimplicity Project for each point PT E RS S S LS S SA 5 TC W WD W WW e Cimplicity Description s ODMS Label s e Point type Cimplicity Parameter type ODMS for each point flow service analytical etc Range and units if it is an analog value for each point Part II Standards and Conventions II 13 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 1 10 Tag Naming Formats for CLX WW PV 1 10 A General This naming convention applies to tags and objects created in Rockwell Logix series of PLC CLX Since CLX uses add on instructions AOI to pass data between the Wonderware HMI WW and the PanelView Plus 6
202. following information e Project Name e Project Location e District Project Number e Control Loop Number e Drawing References such as P amp ID wiring diagram etc e Control Valve Tag Number e Asset Number if assigned e Control Valve Description e Control Valve Location e Control Valve Manufacturer e Control Valve Model Number e Control Valve Serial Number if applicable e Control Valve Actuator Pneumatic or Electric e Control Valve Positioner Direct or Reverse if applicable Control Valve Positioner Input and Output Signal if applicable e Control Valve I P Converter Input and Output Signal if applicable Part II Standards and Conventions 100 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e Control Valve Failure Mode open or close on air failure if applicable e Control Valve Failure Mode open or close on signal loss if applicable 2 The Calibration Equipment Section The certification sheet shall include the following information on the calibration equipment used e Type of Device e Manufacturer and Model Number e Accuracy e NIST Traceability Yes No 3 Calibration Results section The calibration results shall include a table that is suitably sized and formatted for the type of final control element being calibrated and the completeness of the specified calibration requirements e table to record the calibration of t
203. for 25 percent additional space requirements beyond present needs for future use Both the front of the panel where devices are mounted and the interior of the panel shall be sized for 25 percent spare space Nothing shall be mounted in space reserved for future use All I O spares shall be fully pre wired from the I O terminations to the panel side of interposing terminals The other side of the interposing terminals is reserved for field terminations Panel shall be equipped with door s for front of panel opening All vendor supplied or sub contractor supplied panels shall also conform to the requirements of this and related specifications CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the detailed layout and design of the panels in accordance with standard practice and techniques and local and national codes and requirements The actual layout shall be subject to approval by ENGINEER Panel shall be UL approved and meet applicable UL standards including but not limited to UL 508 Standard for Industrial Control Equipment UL508A Standard for Industrial Control Panels UL 698 Standard for Industrial Control Equipment for Hazardous Classified Locations UL 698A Standard for Industrial Control Panels Relating to Hazardous Classified Locations Panel shall meet applicable sections of the latest edition of the NEC including but not limited to Article 409 Industrial Control Panels Provide calculation and or method for determining short circ
204. ftware 2 2 A Allen Bradley PLC 5 no longer specified for new construction 2 2 B Rockwell SLC 500 Series no longer specified for new construction 2 2 C Rockwell ControlLogix Detailed Specifications A PLC Processors 1 Program Memory Size 4M Bytes minimum 2 Memory Type Program and data in non volatile RAM backed up with an energy storage module Operating system in non volatile firmware 3 Capacity 128 000 discrete I O any mix of inputs and outputs or 4000 analog I O maximum 4 Up to 500 connections nodes Up to 64 connections over ControlNet maximum of 48 recommended Up to 128 connections over Ethernet IP 5 Bit execution time less than 0 15 microseconds Installation Location Left most slot of the I O chassis typical 7 Diagnostics a Standard self diagnostic routines shall be provided to determine proper hardware and software operation b Diagnostic LEDs shall be provided on the processor front panel to indicate the following 1 Processor running 2 Processor fault 3 Battery low 4 Forced I O 5 Communications active 6 Communications error 8 Communications The PLC processor shall be equipped with on board communications ports for the following a USB port Part II Standards and Conventions 29 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 9 Instruction Set a The PLC shall be equipped with
205. g Area For this example a discrete control valve will have feedback for open and close as well as an output for position control Using the tag naming format from above an acceptable root for a tag name becomes 557 PWTNKI 4200 Using objects the correct way to implement this valve would be to create an instance of the Valve Discrete object naming it 557 PWTNKI 4200 and then map each IO point to the correct parameter of the object AOI IO Point PLC Mapping HMI Mapping 1 41 0 gt 557 PWTNKI 4200 DRV Inp OpenLS gt 1 4 1 gt S57 4200 CloseLS gt 557 PWTNKI 4200 1 6 0 Ch8 gt S57 PWTNKI 4200 DRV Out gt HMI scripting places each parameter from the PLC into the associated graphical object attribute A common error for programmers new to the idea of objects is to implement the valve using smaller individual objects such as a Discrete and Discrete_Indicator This technique is shown below as a method of how NOT to implement objects Create Discrete Indicator object S57_PWTNK1_4200_DRV_Opened IO Point PLC Mapping HMI Mapping 1 4 L Ch0 gt 557 PWTNKI 4200 DRV Opened ind gt 557 PWTNKI 4200 DRV Opened ind Create Discrete Indicator object 557 4200 Closed IO Point PLC Mapping HMI Mapping 1 41 1 gt 557 4200 Closed ind gt 557 PWTNKI 4200 DRV Closed ind Create Discrete object 557 PWTNKI 4200 CMD
206. gineer resident construction representative and other key staff on the top or mid levels of the proposed organization chart Item 2 Please replace Attachment E in its entirety with the revised attached document QUESTIONS AND COMMENTS The meeting was opened to questions from the attendees The following are the questions asked at the meeting and answers to those questions Q1 For the addendum should there be any substantial changes in task budget schedule or time frames A Nothing significant anticipated see addendum for details Q2 The lists other services as negotiated by the District and Consultants Does this allow for any extension outside of the contract s current limits A2 No the intent of this statement is to negotiate differing task types scopes if required It does not affect cost or duration Q3 A cost loaded MS Project not Primavera schedule is required Is this correct This is an Operations contract and maintaining a Primavera project schedule is not required A cost loaded MS Project schedule is required Q4 Similarly are the normal Sharepoint workflow and invoicing processes required A4 As noted this is an Operations contract and we will not be using all of Engineering s workflow practices APPROVED FOR TECHNICAL CONTENT Raymond A Weeden Director of O amp M APPROVED FOR LEGAL CONTENT Waa Katarina Waag Assistant Dir
207. gram of the equipment being tested shall be implemented in a manner that makes the routines easily identifiable and completely removable from the program prior to the site commissioning without affecting the MCS functionality of the program The factory acceptance test shall demonstrate the following e Responses to all inputs e Operation of all outputs with a dummy load Loop operation e Control sequences e Software and hardware Interlock operation e Functionality of all communication links including Ethernet Fieldbus DeviceNet ControlNet Data Highway and similar communications e Network communications e HMI and OIT screens displays and alarms Part II Standards and Conventions II 92 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e Operator control functions e Physical password and information security measures e Historized data During the performance of the FAT all HMI and OIT graphical screens shall be verified for completeness functionality and responsiveness Also all I O shall be verified for proper linking to HMI and OIT graphical screen objects symbols alarm and event logs and recording in the Historian This shall be documented on I O Checkout certification sheets that are described in Part II Section 9 2R Test all PLC I O module channels using physical hardwired connected test equipment that generates the signal type and span appropri
208. gt c AJ lt 70 brv Acs AD 1 3 I 20 y 6 7 _ morals I ACS HW gt scs ev r c CTV sies 10 55 Iz Acs ci E m P c cR 9 5 PLC SP REDUNDANT 8 9 2 2 Part III Control Network 1 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL W Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 SOUTHERLY WWTC NETWORK BLOCK DIAGRAM 2 2 95 gt a c 2 9 CTV K a 18 45 2 H 88 2g m m 2 25 e lt m ACS SS PLO FA O ES CTV H i m 38 E acs st acs so m 21 3 5 SP O Qu gt 1 E E ACS IN PLC so 16 ABINET lt CARNET CTV I CTV H 5 aac PLC GB 5 Network 2 gt gt H CABINET 52 O PLC WA CTV J 2 l P c er LL orv 8 ACS S PLC CV 5 Acs cvj S J cv A m PLC SL x 8 gt gt Part Control Network 2 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL W Regional Sewer District SECTION 3 WESTERLY WWTC NETWORK BLO
209. he I P current to pneumatic converter if applicable e A table to record the calibration of the final control element e record of the I P current to pneumatic converter calibration shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing inputs at 0 25 50 75 and 100 percent of span a Input value b Output value Error Output Input Span x100 A record of the final control element calibration shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing inputs at 0 25 50 75 and 100 percent of span a Input value b Output travel position Travel the valve percent open not all valves are linear Error Output Input Span x100 4 Attestation Section The calibration sheet shall include the following information identifying the persons responsible for performing the calibration and witnessing the calibration Printed name and dated signature of the SI I amp C Sub CONTRACTOR Representative responsible for the calibration e Printed name and dated signature of the District s Representative responsible for witnessing the calibration e Printed name and dated signature and company affiliation of the lead person that actually performed the calibration Part II Standards and Conventions 101 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Analog Loop Signal Processing and Operator Interface Devi
210. he ISA alpha character designation for the instrument s function follows the ISA standard ISA 5 1 entitled Instrumentation Symbols and Identification It is typically between 2 and 4 characters long upper case nnnn is the same four digit loop number identifier to be used in the point tag as Part II Standards and Conventions II 82 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District described in Section 1 5 Point Tag Naming Convention A level indicating transmitter at the Division Avenue remote pump station would be P DA LIT nnnn where P is for remote pump station DA is for the Division Avenue Pump Station LIT is for level indicating transmitter and is for the loop number Note that there are no process area numbers used in the Collection System Note to specifier P amp IDs typically do not show the entire instrument and valve tag as long as there is a note on the P amp ID that all instrument and valve tags are preceded by the site type designation and location for example P DA The instrument and valve bubble on the P amp ID would contain for example LIT 1006 Panel tags shall follow the formats listed below Examples of panels are PLC control panel PLC local control panel LCO local control station LCS motor control center MCC variable frequency drive VFD panel area control panel ACP
211. he program requirements The user must review the application with the NEORSD representative and receive permission to deviate from AOI usage Additional AOI usage in either ladder or function block is not restricted and may be freely used at programmer s discretion AOI usage must be thoroughly annotated AOI tag instances are subject to applicable tag naming standards 3 13 B Source Protection Source protecting AOI is prohibited without approval from NEORSD For any protected AOI logic must be must be fully viewable by the District and a function description outlining performance must be provided Part V CLX WW PV V 83 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District SECTION 4 PANELVIEW PLUS 6 PROGRAMMING CONVENTIONS Section 4 0 Introduction This section outlines the Allen Bradley PanelView Plus 6 programming standards in place for NEORSD These conventions are designed to promote consistency and familiarity in design and layout across all OIT s installed within the District The practices outlined below have been compiled from good engineering practices promoted by Rockwell Automation and those developed by the District Note It is the District s intention to have the PLC PanelView OIT Ethernet network separate from the PLC HMI control Ethernet network This requires multiple Ethernet modules in the PLC rack Section 4 1 Software Integrators
212. hould occur via CD ROM or other means of sharing large files 3 Additional information may be requested by the District and or an alternative solution s presented by the requester A meeting may be requested by the deviation requester to explain the issues to the District Project Manager and project team members 4 NEORSD Staff review of the Standards Deviation Request will result in the District assigning one of the following statuses Accepted If the requested deviation is acceptable to the District NEORSD will notify the requester in writing and will note any limitations placed on the allowable deviation Rejected If the requested deviation is rejected the District will notify the requester in writing and the work must proceed without delay in accordance with the Contract or other pertinent procurement requirements The District will return a written decision within 10 working days under normal circumstances However complex issues may require additional time for analysis and preparation of a response The District will work with the requester if further explanation or discussion is needed to reach a timely decision 5 Appeals of the District s decision shall be submitted within ten 10 calendar days of the date of the decision and shall be submitted in writing to the District s Project Manager Part I Background I 3 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer Di
213. ibutedAlarmQuery This graphic button allows the user to acknowledge a select alarm After this ACK Button button is pushed but before the alarm is acknowledged the user will be prompted to enter an optional alarm comment This graphic displays the State or Priority of the selected alarm from the State Priority DistributedAlarmQuery This is only visible when Group Main Areas is equal to ALL ALARMS This graphic button allows the user to acknowledge all unacknowledged ACK ALL Button alarms After this button is pushed but before the alarms are acknowledged the user will be prompted to enter an optional alarm comment This graphic displays a box in which the End Time of a search can be End Time selected from the DistributedAlarmQuery This option is only available for historical alarms This graphic button allows the user to set the Range of Start and End Time Set Range and when pressed the DistributedAlarmQuery will display alarms from the time range This option is only available for historical alarms This graphic alarm filter allows the user to input the name of an ArchestrA Group Main Area area to see that area s alarms This is only visible when State Priority is equal to Default Reset Time Range This graphic button resets the values in the Start Time and End Time boxes This option is only available for historical alarms Part V CLX WW PV V 14 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast
214. ications overhead and memory usage within the running program 4 7 B Trigger Tag Developers should use one or more ControlLogix DINT tags to serve as a Boolean array for alarm trigger Applications should be configured using a single trigger tag of type DINT or DINT array DINT X where X is the array length named PV ALARM Where advantageous the developer may choose to group alarms into one or more areas with unique trigger tags with the following format PV ALARM AREA Where AREA represents the area or equipment pertaining to the alarms in the trigger 4 7 C ControlLogix Trigger Routine PanelView alarming should be organized in the ControlLogix processor within one or more dedicated routines Ladder routines are preferred Alarming bits on the trigger tag should not be latched but instead only held active as long as the alarm is active Alarm messages within the PanelView application are be generated when the trigger bit value transitions from 0 to 1 No PanelView to PLC acknowledgment handshaking should be used 4 7 D Trigger Label The label for each trigger tag should carry over the name of the trigger tag name defined in ControlLogix for consistency and simplicity 4 7 E Message Guidelines Each alarm trigger should generate a unique message that is concise yet descriptive Process area and equipment naming shall remain consistent across OIT PLC and HMI platforms For PanelView applications with similar alarm s
215. icity servers NT server was required because of the potential for more than 10 computers to be communicating with the server at one time NT Workstation is used for ACS viewers 1 Manufacturer Microsoft Model number Windows NT Server Windows NT Workstation 3 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure and have saved partition images which can be used to load servers or workstations Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done Part II Standards and Conventions 65 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 5 1 B Group Management The NT user management tools such as profiles and policies make it practical to manage users in groups In addition to the normal groups administrators backups users etc there were two groups added HMI users configuration team members and HMlopers operators The HMI users are given broad permissions since they configure computers and make changes to systems The network administrator id and local administrator ids are separate HMlopers are guest level network ids that have the interface shell set to the Cimplicity HMI viewer application and are thoroughly restricted 5 1 Security Measures Several security practices are used including limitations on file permissions operator interface shell substitution custom policies and profiles and network
216. igation Use left hand side K Keys for standard full size display navigation Part V CLX WW PV V 95 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 4 4 F OEM Screens Integrators may include displays that provide information critical for system testing and commissioning such as tuning PID loops These displays should use an AREA assignment of 30 and an AREA PROCESS description of OEM Examples include 301 OEM Setpoint Limits 302 OEM Drive Settings OEM displays are never used for normal operation and any pertinent information must be made available on District accessed displays Access to OEM screens must be removed after commissioning Other than the naming convention above OEM graphics are not subject to the District standard Standard navigation to OEM screens is provided in the base application and should be used when possible Section 4 5 Tag References and Usage 4 5 A Direct Reference Tags All references to ControlLogix tags made within a project shall be made using Direct Device Reference Direct reference tags are used to maximize the runtime performance of tag read write operations to minimize tag memory consumption and to remove the added HMI layer for configuration of basic display read and write operations 4 5 B HMI Tags HMI tags in general should not be used to link application elements tag displays trend
217. ility of design if a common script attribute UDA needs created and is common to all areas Allows for entire area s alarms to be disabled Instances Instance name should match the PLC name with a prefix that reflects the NEORSD plant o Site designators are listed in Part II Section 1 5 I of this document A sample listing is repeated below for convenience o Note Southerly instances have no prefix as it plays host to the WW galaxy E Control points within or from Easterly WWTC A Automated Regulatorsites F Fow Monitoring stes R P jOderConmosites and Flow Management Collection system control facilities however its ongoing use should be limited to points specifically associated with EMSC C building equipment Part V CLX WW PV V 28 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 H NEORSDArea Top Description The Area represents a plant area and allows grouping of objects for modeling and alarm reporting Through the BTL I O Scripting this area will look for a Suitelink Instance contained within the area for its data If other areas are contained within this area instance they should be derived from NEORSDArea Lower and these areas will look up to the top area instance for their data Functional Details e Additional layer between the derived engines and aArea Supports flexibility of de
218. ing Guidelines aaa V 69 Section 3 11 General Coding Guidelines V 79 3 11 Commenting LogiICc V 79 SL IS Inditeet V 79 3 1 1 C Nesting ess V 79 3 11 D Ou tp t MEI iure em V 79 SA LE Function Block ssis gaki esa V 79 SERM Simulation of LOC m V 80 3l 1G Falt I P HN V 80 3 1 L H Fore d Fisco M dee ea V 80 3 11 I Alarm Horn and Light Acknowledging V 81 Section 3 12 General Control Mode Philosophy eene V 82 3 12 Local Control Modes ie ated cee EA V 82 3 12 B Remote Control Mode nasa V 82 3 12 Control Mod Funts sosio u GG aqusapa V 83 Section 3 13 Add On Instruction AO V 83 83 Sul SOurc V 83 Section 4 PanelView Plus 6 Programming Conventions eee V 84 Section gt racer fe Ce RET e om V 84 Section 4 1 SOIDWHED S oic dii Up euo Rs V 84 Section 4 2 Standard Panel View Framework eese V 84 4 2 A wal iul M
219. ing Map data to Send read by other Analog IO PLC and Read in the IO Mapping Main amp Digital IO Task area Main E Message IO Main MSG S47 ICE IO B MSG S57 SH IO 9 Misc Logic amp WallClock Main B PLC WallClock Misc_Alarms Main wam PV Alarms Message Logic is located under tatus Misc_Logic task area Main PLC Status Tessage Control Main MSG_Control MSG S47 ICE MSG S57 SH E up mj gx my qx oo mj gx Part V CLX WW PV V 72 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio WZ Regional Sewer District STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL ISG 547 ICE IO Ladder Diagram Pag S47_INC1 IO_Mapping Message_IO 30 2012 4 40 58 I otal number of rungs in routine 5 Projects _NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample A SEND Data Mapping In this example the Incinerator PLC will be providing data to the ICE PLC that data is referenced with the Send prefix even though no message is actually sent it will be read from the ICE PLC MOV PLC_STATUS Seconds to DINT 0 of send array MOV messaging data to remaining DINT REAL array elements as required MOV 0 Source 547 STATUS Seconds 33 Dest SEND S47 ICE DINTO 33 MOV Move Source 1 Dest SEND_S47_ICE_DINT 1 1 MOV Move Source 2 Dest SEND S47 ICE DINT 2 2 MOV Move Source 3 Dest SEND 547 ICE DINT 3
220. ing Truncation Logic 3 5 A General Truncating logic provides a standard method for indication with a set resolution and storage of a logged value into the data warehouse used for reporting All analog unit of measure values need to be in the form of a REAL type or Float for the HMI system The PLCS defines a float by default F8 Floating This file stores a with a range of 1 1754944e 38 to Point 3 40282347e 38 It s this expansive precision that when passed though the various systems can result in unpredictable rounding and trailing digits The value stored in one database or warehouse may not exactly match another or the raw data Due to the amount of stored data and the duration of queries performed against the data these seemingly slight differences have a large impact on reports final values The solution is limiting the precision Truncating at the original point source of the signal or calculation within the Programmable Logic Controller PLC The logic presented here is standard for SLC and PLCS legacy platforms the ControlLogix PAC platform does not require truncating logic There are three methods of logic used to accomplish the truncating operation The most common is defined in Table 1 This is used when the intermediate integer value has a scaled range under 32767 The second most used is defined in Table 1 b This is used when whole numbers or integers with no precision are to be logged to the data warehous
221. ing scripts select yes Window Properties Window Replace Frame Style None Title Bar and Size Control 2 Unchecked X Location 0 Y Location 65 Window Width 1280 Window Height 699 Window Color Grey Right Column 4 one down on standard palette Window Scripts Condition Type On Show Screen Name InTouch Window Name CALL ScreenData NewScreen 1 perm value 0 Condition Type On Hide PreviousWindow Screen Name Navigation Direct Screen navigation buttons are not used 2 13 B Navigation Navigation will be derived from an ArchestrA toolbar object which will contain all of the windows The tabs on the bar will be organized by process train etc There will be three bars Easterly Westerly and Southerly and each bar will only be visible for graphics associated with that facility Part V CLX WW PV V 53 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District 2 13 C Site Specific Southerly e Southerly Wastewater Treatment Screen Template E 5 4 ds 84 0 MGD 10 1 0 232 88 7 6 84 pH THE STANDARD COLOR FOR THESE OBJECTS IN THE SOUTHERLY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS SCREEN TEMPLATE IS NAVY Foe proe PREE Select printra BACK FORWARD m ue Displaying 1 to S of 533 alarms Default 100 Complete Eastern Time
222. ion DIN rail 5 Communication Ports One 1 RS 232 serial port DF1 or ASCII and one 1 Ethernet I P port 6 Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley Packaged CompactLogix 1769 L24ER or current model 7 Programming Software Rockwell RSLogix 5000 IEC 61131 6 compliant 8 Order with conformal coating K designation when available B Network Communications 1 Ethernet I P use port on processor C Power Supplies 1 PLC Power a Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley 1769 PA4K b Order with conformal coating designator when available 2 Field Devices Provide power supplies to power field devices that require 24 VDC Mount next to modules a Input Voltage 120 VAC 60 Hz b Output Current Sized for loads at 24 VDC with 25 spare capacity c Provide cables and fusing d Manufacturer and Model 1 Allen Bradley 1606 XLS Performance Series D IO Requirements 1 All I O modules shall be supplied with Allen Bradley removable terminal blocks that plug into the front of the I O module 2 Provide minimum 20 spare installed I O for each type of I O Provide minimum 25 spare space in every panel for future expansion 4 All including spares shall be wired to terminal blocks prior to interconnection with other devices See Part Section 5 1 Panel Construction Paragraph E 3 for terminal requirements 8 Software 1 Provide licensed of all programming configu
223. ion tab 02 String array are navigation links for tab 02 String is caption on navigation tab 03 String array are navigation links for tab 03 String is caption on navigation tab 04 String array are navigation links for tab 04 String is caption on navigation tab 05 String array are navigation links for tab 05 String is caption on navigation tab 06 String array are navigation links for tab 06 String is caption on navigation tab 07 String array are navigation links for tab 07 String is caption on navigation tab 08 String array are navigation links for tab 08 String is caption on navigation tab 09 String array are navigation links for tab 09 String is caption on navigation tab 10 String array are navigation links for tab 10 String is caption on navigation tab 11 Part V CLX WW PV V 21 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Attribute Data Type DESCRIPTION Tab11Menu String array are navigation links for tab 11 Tab12Caption i String is caption on navigation tab 12 Tab12Menu i String array are navigation links for tab 12 Graphics e Menu_Bar Allows the user to access custom navigation When a tab is selected a dropdown box allows access to the navigation home button and perm_value display are included Tab1 Tab2 Tab3 Tab4 5 Tab6 Tab7 Tab8 Tab9 Tab10 Tab11 Tab12 Graphic Design Element Tab 1 12 Theses tabs be
224. ions 68 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 5 4 Relational Database Note The Cimplicity HMI software is being replaced District wide with Wonderware HMI Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the latest developments The NEORSD standard relational database is Oracle The Cimplicity HMI software requires an external database for trending and some historical functions Rather than deploy multiple small databases and maintain them one larger redundant database per plant was set up to meet the Cimplicity database needs It must be redundant because the Cimplicity redundancy requires separate database names and tables for its primary and redundant servers 5 4 A Base Product Oracle 8 not 81 is installed on the control network historians and the information network ODMS database server 1 Manufacturer Oracle 2 Model number Oracle Enterprise Edition 8 05 0 0 3 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done 5 4 B Interface to ODMS Data is passed to the ODMS system via SQL PL SQL calls made from the ODMS to the historian s In many cases a selection of data is evaluated on the historian and the result is returned to the ODMS system to limit the amount of data tr
225. ired interlocks to the maximum extent possible In addition to any other as recorded documents record all setpoint and calibration changes on the appropriate system documentation All analog PID control loops shall be tuned for optimum response using an appropriate loop tuning method and the resulting proportional integral and derivative values recorded on the loop checkout sheet A Control Loop Checkout sheet shall be completed for each loop A detailed description is given in Paragraph 9 2 Q 9 2 L Functional Performance Testing FPT Performance testing of all systems should be performed to verify compliance with the specified sequences of operations control descriptions and control diagrams Functional performance testing consists of executing written step by step procedures in which a condition is initiated or simulated and the response of the system is noted and compared to the specified or desired response Functional performance tests must verify the following Manual and automatic control modes Normal system conditions and modes of operation Contingency conditions and modes of operation Effect of all operator controls Operation of all interlocks and permissives Confirmation of failure state of all outputs Physical and information security measures If the configuration and programming of the PLC programmable logic controller or other controller local HMI and or remote HMI is in the System Integrator s scope of w
226. istrict projects Part I Background 1 1 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Content is continuously being added and updated in an effort to maintain and up to date and expanding library of Process Control and Automation Standards The District s goal is to ultimately have a complete set of standards that are accessible to those that need them for carrying out District instrumentation control and automation system work In house designers and technicians design consultants system integrators and constructors are expected to incorporate and follow the standards when creating deploying and or upgrading all aspects of the District wide process control and automation system Process control and automation standards are to be applied when designing or implementing changes or additions to control and monitoring of the connected process equipment or to the process control and automation system itself One of the District s most important goals is to ensure all control processors and operator interfaces conform to a common product platform and in doing so produce control logic databases reports displays and other system components that are fully aligned with the needs of the District s current facilities and operations Copying or transferring control logic and other programming from the existing system will not be acceptable unless specifically required by con
227. ived object documentation Part V CLX WW PV V 37 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 N NEORSDViewEngine Description The NEORSDViewEngines are placed on the thin client server or full client nodes and serve as hosts of the managed InTouch application instances Functional Details e Additional layer between the derived templates and aViewEngine e Supports flexibility of design if a common script attribute UDA needs to be created and is common to all View Engines e Addition of this layer supports manufacturer best practices and prevents need to alter BTLs Allows for data on a client General Engine startup type Auto Scan period 1000 ms Enable storage to historian Unchecked Scripts Maximum time for scripts to 1000 ms execute count Checkpoint directory location Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Part V CLX WW PV V 38 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 0 NEORSDWinPlatform Description e The NEORSDWinPlatform represents a server in the automation application and hosts engines areas and instances Platforms should not be derived directly from this template but from the derived platform templates Functional Details e Additional layer between the derived platforms and aWinPlatform e Suppor
228. ix MSG_ to the paired controller s name An example would be MSG_S47_INC1 messaging should be performed over Ethernet Messaging over a DeviceNet network is not permitted See section 3 10 for more messaging details and examples 3 8 H General Alarms Analog alarm functionality is handled in the Analog IO routines using the appropriate AOI Similarly alarming from digital input values are generated in the Digital IO routine using the Discrete AOI other alarm logic shall be located near related logic or grouped within routines under the Misc Alarms program Typically this will include alarm logic that is shared by both the HMI and OIT PanelView alarm triggers will be grouped in a routine called PanelView Alarms under the Alarms program It is permissible to place alarm logic limited to the PanelView within this routine alarms will be generated in the PLC in the form of discrete alarm active not active signals The programmer should not anticipate using alarm features typically available in the HMI Additionally the PLC logic will be programmed such that the alarm condition occurs on true Alarm when discrete 1 no conditioning of the alarms are permitted in the HMI Part V CLX WW PV V 66 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 8 I PID Loops Individual PID routines shall be created under the corr
229. l by subject matter experts Y Intermediate modification to any section of the document Typically a clarification to an existing section This level of change requires a review and approval by subject matter experts Z Minor change to a proposed revision Example 1 1 0 is submitted for review and spelling error is caught The document is revised up to 1 1 1 and continued through the review cycle It is not necessary to go back to previous subject matter experts for a second review NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District TABLE OF CONTENTS Part L Background M 1 1 Section Overview 1 1 Section 2 LI Section 3 Standards Deviation Request ananas 2 Section 3 0 General 1 2 Section 3 1 u 1 3 Part II Standards and Conventions 1 Section 1 HMI Standards and II 1 Section M m II 1 Section 1 1 Process Symbols and Color Conventions II 1 Section 1 2 Standard Cimplicity Screen Templates
230. l field equipment from Area Control Stations ACSs located throughout the plant Process screens contain several elements that have been standardized during their initial development One element is the interface window or template that surrounds process equipment on each screen Other elements include symbols that represent field equipment such as pumps valves and motors Section 1 1 Process Symbols and Color Conventions Standards for symbols and colors have been developed to display information on the status of field equipment and processes This is to aid operators in interpreting information displayed on process screens Figure 1 1 1 illustrates the standard colors developed for process piping Piping is color coded to indicate material contained within Process piping is either drawn using lines with a width of 5 points or 11 points depending on the relative sizes of lines and what is appropriate to the layout of equipment on a process screen Some pieces of equipment are represented using only static structures Symbols for these types of equipment are shown in Figure IL1 1 2 Elements of these objects do not change as conditions in the plant process or equipment change They have been included as a point of reference to operators to help define the location of other pieces of equipment in a process The vast majority of equipment however is represented on process screens with symbols or combinations of symbols whose appearan
231. ld The I O Servers hosted on each Application Server communicate with the PLCs on a facility wide Ethernet fiber network 2 5 E Tag Naming Standards The tag naming standards and conventions are detailed in section 1 9 of this document SECTION 2 6 BASE TEMPLATE LIBRARY BTL Part V CLX WW PV V 8 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 2 6 Introduction The NEORSD Galaxy was created using the Wonderware provided quick start library known as the North American Base Template Library or BTL The BTL represents a collection of templates that enable three 3 common areas of functionality Linking an Application Object to a Device Integration Object Configuring object lists about how the object is configured and where it exists in the Plant Model Configurable ability to persist changes to user writeable attributes of the application objects when undeploying and deploying the object Note This feature uses XML stored locally on the AOS server by default is not redundant 2 6 B BTL Input Source Scripts The BTL input source script operation The BTL scripts auto populate the input sources of all instances when default attribute value by making use of the following data format SuitelinkClientName Topic Instances Attribute For this scripting functionality to work the object instance attribute name s found in the Wonderware tag database must h
232. leveland Metropolitan Area The service area encompasses the City of Cleveland and all or portions of 61 suburban municipalities in Cuyahoga Summit Lake and Lorain Counties and includes service to a diversified group of manufacturing and processing industries The mission of the District is to provide effective wastewater and stormwater management that protects the health and environment of the region while enhancing quality of life Since its creation the District has planned designed constructed operated and maintained wastewater collection and wastewater treatment facilities and assets throughout its service area The District operates three wastewater treatment plants the Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center Easterly Wastewater Treatment Plant and Westerly Wastewater Treatment Center and an extensive wastewater collection system that conveys wastewater and stormwater to the treatment plants Through the operation of these plants and controlled use of wastewater storage capacity in the collection system the District protects public health and enhances the water quality of Lake Erie and the Cuyahoga River Widespread application of instrumentation and process automation is an essential aspect of improving the efficiency and effectiveness of the District s operations The District s continuing process automation initiative aims at providing an integrated state of the art process monitoring and control system District has establish
233. list or bill of materials showing tag number or identifier quantity make model number and description for panel and all components and devices e Installation drawings Part II Standards and Conventions II 19 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District f Installation operation amp maintenance manuals g All information including panel weight power supply requirements etc necessary for installation of the control panel s h Test and completion certificates i Operating characteristics of fuses and circuit breakers manufacturer s 2 technical data sheets j Size and weight of all shipping containers Provide a list of recommended spare parts B General Panel Requirements l 2 3 eo 10 11 12 13 Provide all electrical components devices support hardware fasteners interconnecting wiring to make the control panels complete and operational Locate and install all devices and components so that connections can be easily made and so that there is ample room for servicing or replacing each item Unless otherwise specified cable and conduit entry will be from the top of panels Adequately support and restrain all devices and components mounted on or within the panel to prevent any movement Provide sub panels for installation of all relays and other internally mounted components The panel shall be sized
234. ll be on site during the installation phase as required Installed system integration customization checkout calibration adjustment and startup Provide maintenance services during the field test Resolving problems encountered during initial startup and testing of all instrumentation and control equipment The Field Engineer shall have a minimum of five years experience in systems engineering and startup and shall have a thorough working knowledge of the hardware and software supplied for the instrumentation and control system 9 2 E Factory Acceptance Testing If any type of process controls are to be provided or expansion or modifications to the existing process control system are required to accomplish the objectives of a project the Contractor must be required to perform a factory acceptance test FAT The intent of the FAT 15 to demonstrate that the control panels processors controller s I O and HMI and OIT hardware and software and all other system components and software are demonstrated and verified for conformity with the contract requirements approved submittals and workshop discussions The most recent version of the Component Settings Record See Section 9 25 shall be available and updated as necessary throughout the FAT Operation of field devices shall be simulated either with hardware switches lights potentiometers etc or software as approved by the District Software simulation routines that reside in the pro
235. lues read from 547 MSG Instruction Tags In the local PLC A set of instructions for Primary and Secondary pathways for both DINT and Real 547 ICE DINT PRI MSG Primary message to read 547 ICE DINT array Source SEND 547 DINT x Source tag as created in the target PLC Dest RCVD 547 ICE DINTI x Destination tag as created in local PLC S47 ICE DINT SEC MSG Secondary message to read target PLC DINT array 547 REAL MSG Primary message to read target PLC REAL array Source SEND 547 REAL x Source tag as created in the target PLC Dest RCVD S47 ICE REALI x Destination tag as created in local PLC 547 ICE REAL SEC MSG Secondary message to read target PLC REAL array Part V CLX WW PV V 71 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Code Example The following code example includes logic within PLC 547 INCI to message between PLC 547 ICE A second PLC S57 SH is also configured but the logic is not shown since the messaging principle is represented with one example The Main program routines are not shown in the images below It is understood that all Main routine utilize JSR instructions to execute the program logic See Section 3 8 B for additional details 5 Controller 47 INC1 Revision 1 0 Release 53 Controller Fault Handler E ControllerFault Handler MajorFaultHandler 33 Power Up Handler Tasks 910 Mapp
236. ly after consultation with ENGINEER and with ENGINEER s expressed written consent D Environmental Control 1 Provide 120 VAC strip heaters inside panels as required to maintain panel temperature 10 JF above ambient to prevent condensation within panel 2 Provide automatically controlled closed loop ventilation fans or closed loop air conditioners with filtered air louvers if required to maintain temperature inside each enclosure below the maximum operating temperature rating of the components inside 3 Air conditioner shall have a minimum capacity of 4 000 BTU 4 Provide thermostatic control for automatic changeover from heating to cooling without the need for manual intervention 5 Alternative cooling methods such as vortex coolers thermoelectric heater coolers or heat exchangers are acceptable but need approval of ENGINEER Contractor shall supply District approved air compressors if vortex coolers are approved by the District 6 Provide heat calculations for each panel or enclosure to verify that there is sufficient dissipation of generated heat to maintain interior panel temperature Part II Standards and Conventions 22 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District and humidity within the maximum and minimum operating parameters of all panel components E Electrical Requirements 1 Power Source and Internal Power Distribution a Panel pow
237. ly with contract requirements for testing and or Section 01660 Field Tests of Equipment Reference Standards American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM National Fire Protection Association NFPA and the National Electrical Code NEC National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA Standards National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST American National Standards Institute ANSI Underwriters Laboratories Inc UL Factory Mutual FM The International Society of Automation ISA Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA Regulations Federal state and local code requirements Where any conflict arises between codes or standards the more stringent requirement shall apply Installation Details this section does not contain all installation details for the equipment system shown only those that are required by the NEORSD These details may exceed those required by the equipment manufacturer or local codes 1 Install equipment in conformance with 2 Unless otherwise noted install indoor freestanding and floor mounted panels on 4 inch nin grout pad Lay grout after panel sills have been securely fastened down Extend pad 4 inches beyond outside dimensions of base all sides solid face to face Unless otherwise noted install outdoor free standing and floor mounted panels on a reinforced concrete pedestal Minimum Thickness 8 inches with No 4 steel reinforcing bars at
238. m output must use a NEORSD AOI to be annunciated in the HMI In the case that an alarm is active low i e the field input is normally 1 and the alarm is active when the input signal goes to 0 ensure that the active value is inverted to 417 within the PLC This is applicable to safety signals such as emergency stop switches Within the Wonderware HMI all alarms are expected to be active high for ease of troubleshooting Part V CLX WW PV V 65 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 8 Network For non rack mounted I O that reside on high level network protocols such as valves and motors on DeviceNet Modbus etc separate routines should be created to house their specific I O Routines should be segregated by scanner module rack slot location as well as by network port or channel name A B etc Examples R0SA DeviceNet R0S5 Modbus A 055 Modbus Network IO routines should contain mapping logic for all IO within that particular network port or channel This includes both analog and digital both inputs and outputs 3 8 G Message All tag values passed through message arrays should be separated from other I O into message specific I O mapping routines An individual routine is required for each controller whose data is obtained via a message instruction Message routines should be named by applying the pref
239. manent query for only unacknowledged alarms and is UnackAlarm used to populate the System Unack Alarms output This graphic is only visible to users with administrative privileges This graphic has a permanent query for only priority one alarms and is used to CriticalAlarm populate the System Critical Alarms output This graphic is only visible to users with administrative privileges 5 System Unack This graphic displays the number of current System Unacknowledged Alarms Alarms Number populated by the UnackAlarm query System Critical This graphic displays the number of current System Critical Alarms populated Alarms Number by the CriticalAlarm Query This string is populated with the server node that is providing the data for the Dist Alarm Query DistributedAlarmQuery This graphic is only visible to users with administrative privileges This string is populated with the server node that is providing the data for the CriticalAlarm This graphic is only visible to users with administrative privileges Critical Alarm Query This string is populated with the server node that is providing the data for the UnackAlarm This graphic is only visible to users with administrative privileges This graphic displays a box in which the Start Time of a search can be Start Time selected from the DistributedAlarmQuery This option is only available for historical alarms 11 Type This graphic displays the Type of the selected alarm from the yp Distr
240. member of the corresponding ControlLogix AOI tag PanelView Plus 6 programmers should not try to adjust or change field values or animation settings with the template object itself Object instances are created using a drag and drop method onto the desired graphic Each instance requires at a minimum the following fields generally presented in the following order Discrete Valve and Motor Objects Parameter Field Description 1 Address PLC tag direct reference 2 Tag Name Device Tag for display on faceplate 3 Device Desc Device Tag description for display on faceplate 4 Keypad Keypad Assignment for display next to object 4 9 Intlk Desc Interlock 1 5 descriptions for display on faceplate Analog Objects Parameter Field Description 1 Tag Address PLC tag direct reference 2 Tag Name Device Tag for display on faceplate 3 Device Desc Device Tag description for display on faceplate 4 Eng Units Units for display on faceplate 5 Keypad Keypad Assignment for display next to object Discrete Objects Parameter Field Description 1 Tag Address PLC tag direct reference 2 State 0 Text Text displayed when discrete value is 0 clear 3 State 1 Text Text displayed when discrete value is 1 active 4 Fault Text Text displayed when fault active Part V CLX WW PV V 108 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION 222 Northeast Ohio
241. mming Custom programs shall explicitly define each and every variable used within the program This definition statement e g Dim in Basic etc shall define the data type e g integer real Boolean string etc and shall contain a comment indicating how this variable is used Major blocks of code shall be prefaced with explanatory comments Comments shall also be included every two to three lines within blocks to detail the working of specific code sequences Current custom programs are related to login procedures routines related to enable control of equipment and various system administration tasks An operator is required to log in to the system to gain access to control functions see Section 1 6 for more information This login is via the operating system s standard login dialog boxes and routines Login routines set drives within the operating system and update local files on the hard disk drive Routines also change registry entries and perform file management activities to allow an operator to resume viewing the same screen he was viewing prior to logging in Equipment control is regulated via custom programs that determine the computer from which control is being attempted and the role of the user that has logged in to the system further information is contained in Section 1 6 Programs performing these functions are embedded within each Standard Screen Template described in Section 1 2 within equipment standard
242. mplate Input Signal process variable S47_INC1_PRI_MSG_FLT_S47_ICE Inp_PV E Discrete Standard Control Template Input Signal process variable S47 INC1 PRI MSG S47 ICE Inp PV U Discrete Standard Control Template Input Signal process variable S47 INC1 SEC MSG FLT S47 ICE Inp PV L Discrete Standard Control Template Input Signal process variable 547 ICE SEC_MSG DN S EEREN SEC_MSG DN 547 INC1 SEC MSG FLT 547 ICE Inp PV ae Part V V 76 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District MSG Control Ladder Diagram Page 14 S47 INCI Misc Logic Message Control 30 2012 4 41 03 PM Total number of rungs in routine 16 ts My Projects NEORSD Object Library CLX_MessagingSample ACD Use a Discrete Object to annunciate in the HMI These tags must be unique in the entire Wonderware galaxy Format LocaPLC PRI MSG FLT Target PLC use DISCRETE Cfg Debounce to hold Fault status otherwise OIT HMI might miss the event Discrete Standard Control Template DISCRETE Discrete Standard Control Template DISCRETE S47 PRI MSG S47 ICE M State Inp PV 1 Fault Inp PVBad 0 515 _ Inp_Gate 1 InstructFault Target 0 Inp Trouble Desc None PLC STATUS S47 INC1 PLC STATUS Signature ID 54C68A6C Discrete Standard Control Template DISCRET
243. n footer added date revision to cover 1 4 0 01 Jan 2012 PSIM Part II Section 7 Added additional abbreviations 1 4 0 20 Jan 2012 PSIM Part II Section 3 5 Added PLCS rounding truncation logic standard 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 3 11 1 Added alarm horn and light acknowledgement scheme 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 2 7 J 7 Updated naming convention was J 13 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 2 11 E and Added additional process pipe colors 4 4 C 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 2 7 Q 4 Added details on screen object areas 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part II Section 2 2 F Changed PanelViews to 120VAC with conformal coating 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 2 14 A 2 Added details on window scripts NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio w Regional Sewer District Revision Revision Date Author Updated Section Description 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part II Section 1 9 F Updated examples to reflect current standard 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 2 13 A 1 Corrected window properties 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 3 2 Updated to include PLC file name 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 3 3 C Updated module naming convention 1 4 0 24 Jan 2012 PSIM Part V Section 3 6 F Changed the default rate for Misc Logic 1 4 0 27 Feb 2012 PSIM Part V Section 3 10 Updated CLX messaging standard
244. n and extended features 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Various sections For clarity and consistency with Part IL Section 2 2 F references to PV Plus and PanelView Plus were updated to PV Plus 6 and PanelView Plus 6 respectively Additionally any generic references to or PanelView are also intended to mean the PanelView Plus 6 or current series of Allen Bradley OIT Did not change Last Edited section date except for Part II Section 2 2 F where the PanelViews are specified 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part V Section 4 2 A Updated OIT requirement to PanelViews with keypad and touch screen 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part II Section 2 2 and After Allen Bradley 5 and Rockwell SLC 500 2 2 B titles Series titles added No Longer Specified for New Construction 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part II Section 2 2 C E 1 Updated Allen Bradley ControlLogix removable 2 2 2 terminal block housings extended depth removable terminal block housings 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part Section 2 2 D Fixed typo in 1492 IFM20F model number D 3 c 1 1 6 1 22 Aug 2013 PJM Part II Section 2 2 D Added 1492 IFM40F module D 3 c 2 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio w Regional Sewer District Revision Revision Date Author Updated Section Description
245. n the base project shall be used for all trending with the application The color standards are listed below Background White Text Color Black Grid X Y axis Dark Gray Pens in increasing order See below Pen colors for a single control loop trend shall follow the table below Process Variable PV Green Setpoint SP Blue Control Variable CV Yellow For all other trends use of the default trend object pen colors in increasing order blue light green red magenta black dark green yellow light blue is generally preferred Otherwise the Part V CLX WW PV V 103 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District pen colors are at the discretion of the application developer in which case pen colors may be chosen to match process line colors etc Pen colors shall be chosen that are unique between pens and are clearly distinguishable against the white backeround 4 8 Refresh Rate The maximum refresh rate that may be chosen for a trend is 2 seconds In general a refresh rate of 2 seconds shall be chosen for trending process data The developer may select a slower refresh rate based upon the process the time span etc 4 8 Trend History The application should provide historically log all trended values for a period of 12 hours 4 8 G Maximum Pens per Trend The developer shall limit the number of pens per tr
246. nal block fuse breaker amp other required installed spares General arrangement and space allocation AC DC power checks Power fail restart tests Diagnostic checks All electrical circuits energized simultaneously and continuously for 48 hours without failures n All alarm circuits connected to simulated alarm contacts to verify operation o All interlock and shutdown circuits checked for operability and proper function by means of simulated contact p All input output devices and components shall be tested to verify operability and basic calibration q Simulate operation of electronic control and receiving instruments and circuits r Test demonstrating that all specified equipment functional capabilities are working properly s Verify that communication between units is working properly t Any other test required to place the panel in an operating state u Compliance with specifications standards and codes 2 The ENGINEER reserves the right to inspect the work in progress at any time during the construction or testing of the panels CONTRACTOR shall notify ENGINEER when a Panels are furnished with components and wiring is 25 complete b Panels are complete and CONTRACTOR tested 3 The ENGINEER shall have the right to request any additional tests that are deemed necessary to prove the operation of the panel s or adherence to the specification standards or codes 4 Witnessing by the ENGINEER of any tests and inspections at the
247. navigation functionality The other screens are accessible from the bottom button bar only after navigating to the overview screen or similar from the Main menu screen Part V CLX WW PV V 90 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Note The last column of buttons should be reserved for any system configuration or system settings screens These screens will be accessible only when the user is logged in with proper security Main Each PanelView Plus 6 project will contain a main screen configured as the initial starting graphic when the application boots The Main screen will contain buttons to navigate to an overview or primary screen for each process area in the project Additionally the Main screen will contain login logout functionality as well as a Shutdown Button to access the terminals native configuration mode for those logged in with proper access rights Display Areas All displays within a configured area will contain a similar navigation bar placed at the bottom of the screen The bar will contain a button to navigate back to the main screen as well as buttons to navigate to all configured screens within that area In order to navigate to a different area the user will have to navigate back to the main screen It is encouraged to use an area overview screen as the first display for the area With the exception of calling faceplate and
248. nce it is made for a networked environment See Part II Standards and Conventions II 66 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the latest requirements and version 1 Manufacturer Symantec 2 Model number Norton Anti Virus Solution 4 0 3 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Virus definitions are updated regularly and are checked during the login process Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done 5 2 D Printer Drivers Printer drivers are used for 4 types of printers 1 HP Laserjet 5000N Hewlett Packard PCL 5 driver 2 Epson DFX 5000 Epson DFX driver 3 Epson Stylus Color 900N Epson color printing system 3 02 4 Epson Stylus Color 3000 Epson Stylus Color 3000 driver 5 2 E Intranet Browser The Intranet browser is currently not enabled 5 2 F Backup Software Back up is performed by CA Arcserve IT using the client agents for NT and Oracle and the open file agent Backups are currently initiated manually but will be scheduled regularly after a tape changer is procured Manufacturer Computer Associates Model numbers Arcserve IT version 6 61 Client Agent for Windows NT 6 61 Backup Agent for Oracle 8 6 61 Backup Agent for open files 6 61 Installati
249. ncluded in this article are the requirements for the following Documentation General Panel Requirements Panel Construction Requirements Environmental Control Electrical Requirements Identification Warranty Inspection and Testing Factory Acceptance Test Site Acceptance Test Ho em m n gt Article II provides reference standards and Article III contains installation details CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor materials equipment and incidentals required to furnish install calibrate test start up and place into satisfactory operation all control panels and or enclosures No omission in these or related specifications and or drawings shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of supplying complete functional and operational panels or equipment Related References NEORSD Electrical Standards and Conventions Manual Detailed Specifications A Documentation 1 Layout drawings wiring schematics and parts lists are to be supplied in hard and electronic copy for approval before building commences On successful completion of site acceptance test the CONTRACTOR shall provide all As Built documentation and drawings in hard and electronic copy All final and field mark ups shall be incorporated electronically Hand written revisions are not acceptable Final documentation must include the following a Wiring diagrams including all wire and terminal numbers b Wiring schedules and interconnection diagrams c Panellayouts d Parts
250. nd Label and Desc Text Black Inanimate Unknown or Static Medium Gray or Gray Shaded Gradient as provided in Objects FactoryTalk View ME Libraries Process Piping Standard process piping colors are shown below E Potable Water 0 Chlorine Hypochlorite 4 NPW Seal Water 4q PA Bisulfate Steam 4 Ferric Chloride Lime Polymer Drain Vent Sanitary Waste 4 Acid lt gt Air 4 P Other Chemical A Fuel Oil Natural Gas v Centrate lt P Influent Effluent 4 Supernatant 4 Flue Gas up Sludges E Sand 4 p Ash Ash Slurry The District maintains an OIT graphic that contains the standard process piping colors sizes and process arrows for use with OIT applications Developers should make use of these standard objects when at all possible Process piping should run either horizontal or vertical and connect at right angles Piping drawn diagonally should be avoided Part V CLX WW PV V 88 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 4 D Font Labels descriptions numeric values and other textual displays should all be a small sized yet clearly readable font Arial style black and bold by default For model 1250 and model 1500 PanelView Plus 6 or current series terminals font sizes should be between 10 12 PanelView Plus 6 Model 700 size 8 10 is acceptable
251. ng for instruments having a factory installed display e Span the difference between the Maximum upper range value and Minimum lower range value calibrated values of the instrument e Error Output Input Span x100 A record of the process switch calibrations shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing inputs at all setpoints e Setpoint value Part II Standards and Conventions 99 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District e Operate value e Reset value e Error Setpoint value Operate value units 4 Attestation Section The calibration sheet shall include the following information identifying the persons responsible for performing the calibration and witnessing the calibration Printed name and dated signature of the SI I amp C SubCONTRACTOR Representative responsible for the calibration e Printed name and dated signature of the District s Representative responsible for witnessing the calibration e Printed name dated signature and company affiliation of the lead person that actually performed the calibration 9 2 P Final Control Element Certification Sheet Valve actuators and other final control elements shall be calibrated and documented A final control element certification sheet shall include four sections 1 The Project and Final Control Element Description Section which shall include the
252. ng both pieces of equipment if there is an I O card failure Thorough annotation is required for I O rack numbers as part of the program documentation 3 3 B I O Electronic Keying modules will have the electronic keying set to Compatible Keying Communication modules CNBT EN2T etc will have the electronic keying set to Exact Match to ensure correct firmware revision is installed which can effect operation of the system Part V CLX WW PV V 58 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 3 C I O Module and Remote Rack Naming Each module must be assigned a unique description to aid in identifying the hardware The naming convention for modules is defined as R S Rockwell Module Type Where R Rack number S Slot number Rockwell Module Type is the common acronym taken from the Rockwell Module part number Examples 054 1 16 a 1756 IB16 module in local rack 0 slot 4 R2S7_OF6CI a 1756 OF6CI isolated current module in rack 2 slot 7 ROS5_EN2T a 1756 EN2T module in Rack 0 slot 5 This is only applicable when connected to an HMI network See naming convention below for remote IO racks R1S15 MOD a generic third party module such as Prosoft Modbus communication card The naming convention for a module that links to remote I O racks CNB or ENB is defined as RackLocation _Rack Where RackLocation a
253. ng messaging structure data format and code examples Peer to peer communications for PLC s within the NEORSD facilities should satisfy the following requirements Use MSG instructions hosted in the local controller to execute Data Table Read MSG instructions should only read Data Table Read data from other PLCs never write Produce Consume not used e Organize MSG data mapping routines under IO_Mapping Individual routine for each PLC Organize Instructions in common order map Send data map Receive data Data organized in DINT and REAL arrays requiring separate MSG instructions per PLC e Organize MSG control logic under Misc_Logic routine Logic includes a sequencing operation to regulate MSG execution Execute messaging over both network pathways simultaneously Monitor watchdog from target PLC looping 60 second time Take corrective action if watchdog value goes stale Automatic reset of failed messages Provide network status primary secondary and comm status ok fail based on watchdog on OIT e Tag Naming should follow a consistent pattern Discrete objects associated with alarming which be displayed the OIT and must follow a specific format to ensure they are unique within the Wonderware Galaxy The internal tags associated with the message command and data arrays should be consistent and follow the examples provide
254. ngineering and Construction Department II 73 Section CCTV co P PE II 74 Section 8 0 Introduction M 74 Section 8 1 CCTV II 74 LM IN Color Cameras T II 74 MN Camera HOUSING d II 75 MB RSS Pan and Hill DUVE II 75 8 1 D Camera Mounting Brackets II 76 e l E S IRGC OIVETS guys II 76 BT E Surge Protectii ERE EN I ise yaaa qusaqa II 77 MESSA A II 77 8 1 H Video Camera Transceiver Links an II 77 o L l System Controller uu ned ote maaa auqa eae 77 ell cdl 78 SJ Digital ki esa 79 8 1 L Video Cassette Recorder VCR 80 Section 9 Instrumentation System Integration and Testing II 81 Section 20 Rinconada E S 81 Section 9 1 Instrument and Panel 2 2222 222 2
255. nize time displays across control network interfaces the PanelView Plus 6 s internal clock should be synchronized with the internal clock of the main PLC the application communicates with PanelView Plus 6 synchronization is achieved by configuring the following Global Connections within the application Connection Tag or Expression Description Remote Date and Time PLC CLOCK 3 0 Sets clock on rising edge trigger at 12 00 am Remote Year PLC CLOCK 0 Year GSV Value Remote Month PLC CLOCK 1 Month GSV Value Remote Day of Month PLC CLOCK 2 Day GSV Value Remote Hour PLC CLOCK 3 Hour GSV Value Remote Minute PLC CLOCK 4 Minute GSV Value Remote Second PLC CLOCK 5 Second GSV Value The default Global Connection Maximum update rate of 1 second should be maintained CLOCK refers to a DINT tag array of length 7 within the PLC The array should be populated through the use of the GSV WALLCLOCKTIME function within logic 4 3 E Other Global Connections No other Global Connections are required for standard PanelView Plus 6 applications Consult with the District prior to configuring additional Global Connections settings within the application 4 3 F MER Files Only the current machine edition runtime file mer may be stored on the PanelView older versions of the application should be removed and archived in the Districts Asset Centre Part V CLX WW PV V 86 R
256. ns for ControlLogix and CompactLogix for the required software L Licensed copies of all other software necessary for the proper programming and configuration of the PLCs and their components shall also be supplied References A Reference Part II Section 5 1 Panel Construction Installation Details A Reference Part II Section 5 1 Panel Construction B The PLC and I O racks shall be installed such that all LED indicators and switches are readily visible with the panel door open and such that repair and or replacement of any PLC component can be accomplished without disconnecting any wiring or removing any other components Section 2 3 Panel Wiring This section provides the detailed requirements for the wiring of PLC panels Included in this section are wire details as follows Wire Types Color Standards Wiring Separation Distances Wire Tagging and Labeling Grounding 2 3 Wire Types 1 Internal panel wiring shall be Type THHN stranded copper wire with thermoplastic insulation rated for 600 V at 85 C for single conductors color coded and labeled with wire identification 2 For internal panel DC signal wiring use No 18 minimum AWG shielded For DC field signal wiring terminal strips shall be capable of handling No 12 wiring minimum 3 For internal panel AC power wiring use No 12 minimum AWG For AC signal and control wiring use No 16 minimum AWG For wiring carrying more than 15 amps use si
257. ntrol PLC Auto control allows the PLC to control the equipment based on operator entered Setpoints and measured values using PID algorithms 3 Out of service In this mode selected at the MCS the equipment is considered unavailable by the control system Indicate at the MCS equipment that is out of service and manage alarms accordingly Part V CLX WW PV V 82 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 12 C Control Mode Functions Remote Manual control It shall be possible for the Operator to interrupt any sequence loop or automatic operation and operate the same manually through the operator workstation or OIT Protective Interlocks Equipment protective hardwired interlocks shall remain in effect in all control modes Section 3 13 Add On Instruction AOL 3 13 A Usage The NEORSD has created a library of Add On Instructions to be used for program development Any communication between the PLC and the HMI or OIT must utilize a District approved AOI Refer to NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual for a complete list of the current AOI and configuration instructions It is expected that the contractor will populate all parameter fields of the NEORSD Object AOI regardless of contract requirements Any exceptions must be reviewed with the NEORSD project manager UDT user defined data type are only allowed when an existing AOI cannot fulfill t
258. ogrammable Logic Controller Wm SAEI S Rockwell Automation miscellaneous Device E3 Plus 1 5A 4 SCANport Adapter Catalog 193 592 2 Safety Controllers Safety Discrete Device Revision E 6 Smart _ a Specialty Cancel Help S Vendor Reserved 5 3 DeviceLogix Program When creating a DeviceLogix program all users should fill in the following information e Author Company Integrator_ Initials o Example NEORSD_JS NEORSD employee John Smith e Revision Originating at 1 and going up sequentially Note this is not tracked e Description Brief description of process equipment and function Include project number if applicable Part V CLX WW PV V 113 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District See example of the DeviceLogix properties screen shot below which is from the RSNetWorx for DeviceNet program device properties DeviceLogix tab File Edit View Network Device Diagnostics Tools Help a amp Elg 1 11108 MM l Name adar Slot Description Category e Bucket D E3 Plus 3 5A Ok 00 North MCC 1 Bucket D Plus O L Relay 3 5 FLA 1 North 1 5 01 1769 SDN 5 Module Senet 3 Bucket D DSA Module Ok 02 DSA 4 2 100
259. ollow a naming standard that references the module rack slot location as well as signal direction input or output Examples Part V CLX WW PV V 64 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 055 Digital Input R1S7 Digital Output 156 Digital IO for a module with both inputs and output channels Routines will contain IO mapping and scaling logic when necessary Digital Inputs The NEORSD Discrete AOI object may be used to move the module value into a controller tag location and display the value on the HMI See NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual for details on AOI usage In the case where multiple inputs exist that are common to a signal device i e valve limit switch inputs and local remote indication the inputs may be directly mapped to the device AOI Valve Discrete for example If the input is required to be annunciated on the HMI or OIT individually then it will need the Discrete AOI as well Digital Outputs The NEORSD library does not make use of a standard AOI for digital output handling Typically moving the value of PLC global tag to the output module via XIC OTE pair in ladder or INPUT OUTPUT RERENCE direct link in function block is all that is required Digital Alarming Alarms associated with the state of a digital input are generated in the Discrete AOI Other methods of digital alarming are permitted but the resultant alar
260. ollowing components Pentium II microprocessor 450MHz Three 9 1 Gb SCSI hot swappable hard drives in sled Smart Array 3200 RAID SCSI controller Motherboard mounted SCSI controller and IDE controller Motherboard mounted Ethernet card Netelligent 10 100 TX Matrox G200 video card 256Mb RAM CD ROM drive Floppy drive Redundant power supplies three in hot swap configuration P Please note that computer specifications change several times a year as options are changed or upgraded This equipment list is correct only at the time of writing If any computers are to be procured please contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for current specifications 4 2 B Monitor 1 The monitors for all operator stations are LCD screens 20 screens are used in the ACS cabinets The longevity and minimal heat dissipation are key factors 2 Manufacturer NEC 3 Model Multisync LCD 2010 Part II Standards and Conventions II 61 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 2 C Keyboard 1 Hard use keyboards are installed at all operator stations with an integral pointing device The keyboard and pointing device are electrically separate if one fails the other may be used to continue operating until repairs can be made The keyboard is sized to fit in the drawer of the stainless steel cabinet 2 Manufacturer Texas Industrial Periph
261. omes visible to notify the operator The red Status Text Boxes appear when event or non alarm process condition occurs Analog Level Indicators convey analog continuously variable values such as speed level flow etc The Analog Set point Box allows an operator to enter numerical values such as Setpoints to controllers Part II Standards and Conventions 2 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 1 2 Standard Cimplicity Screen Templates POTABLE WATER NPW SEAL WATER STEAM DRAIN gt lt BLUE AQUA AQUA WHITE 222 227 231 222 227 231 VENT INFLUENT NATURAL GAS FUEL OIL AIR SANITARY WASTE EIS Eee SS LLL lt gt lt GRAY 255 130 0 255 130 0 LIME 222 227 231 WASTE PICKLE LIQUOR TE E EFFLUENT CHLORINE HYPOCHLORITE BISULFATE FERRIC CHLORIDE em GRAY YELLOW YELLOW 184 194 46 PURPLE LUBE OIL 254 101 92 ACID SLUDGES SUPERNATANT CENTRATE OTHER POLYMER LIME 1 109 77 16 BLACK 220 146 61 FUCHSIA PURPLE PURPLE Figure 1 1 1 Standard Process Colors Part II Standards and Conventions Il 3 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District GRIT CHANNEL TRAVELING BRIDGE A VERTICAL PUMP lal CENTRIFUGE V C U SE BLOWER Bg een
262. ommon script attribute UDA needs created and is common to all areas e Location of ServerFailOver script which is common to all areas and supports redundant AOS platforms switches active DA server to backup platform e Addition of this layer supports manufacturer best practices and prevents need to alter BTLs General Detect connection alarm Checked Part V CLX WW PV V 31 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Priority 500 Communication protocol SuiteLink Attributes Type BackupServer Name of Backup AOS node used by ServerFailOver script Number of attempts made the Suitelink Client before failing over Connection Attempts to the backup Number of attempts to to initial platform before declaring disconnect failing over to the backup PrimaryServer Name of Primary AOS node used by ServerFailOver script Scripts Execution DESCRIPTION Type Attempts to to the primary node every 30 minutes Ret mnloRrimary when gathering data through the backup node Connects to the backup node when connection to the primary DAServer is lost Graphics Display This Display is directly taken from the default Wonderware graphic toolbox The object was created from DDESuiteLinkClientDisplay One script and custom property were added for the selection of the topic name through a d
263. ompleted Calibration Certificates for all field devices which require adjustment or calibration CONTRACTOR shall provide one set of Commissioning documentation for the OWNER S personnel one set for the ENGINEER S use one set for field use and the required number of sets for the CONTRACTOR S use The documents corrected and modified during commissioning shall form the basis for the As Built set of drawings Updates to documents and drawings shall be done electronically Hand marked As Built documents are not acceptable 9 2 R Checkout Certification Sheet The I O Checkout sheet certifies correctness of assignments of I O configuration of I O modules and associations between I O and control system HMI OIT alarm log event log and Historian applications Checkout with regard to HMI and OIT shall include process and maintenance diagnostics screen verification The I O checkout certification sheet shall be completed during the Factory Acceptance Test for each I O to document verification and shall consist of the following sections 9 The Project and Instrument Field Device Description section which shall include e Project Name e Project Location e District Project Number Point Tag Number see Part II 1 9 for Wonderware HMI e Point Connection Address physical wired address e g PLC Rack Position Channel and networked address PLC DeviceNet network node see Part V Section 5 3 B e Drawing Refe
264. on of cameras to prevent premature damage to cables caused by continual flexing in pan tilt applications SECION 9 Instrumentation System Integration and Testing Section 9 0 Introduction This section reviews the standards and conventions for instrumentation panels system integrators and testing Section 9 1 Instrument and Panel Tagging Instrument and control valve tags shall be the NEORSD site designator followed by the NEORSD area number location followed by the ISA International Society of Automation designation and the instrument loop number alpha characters are upper case Components of the tag are separated by dashes Wastewater Treatment Plant Instrument and Control Valve Tag Format S AA Z Z nnnn Where S 15 the site designator upper case for Easterly W for Westerly S for Southerly Collection System sites are listed in Part II Section 1 5 Paragraph I Site Designator AA 1s a two digit numeric code designating the process area in a treatment plant see Part II Standards and Conventions II 81 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District tables below for treatment plant process area codes 7 7 is the ISA alpha character designation for the instrument or control valve function follows the ISA standard ISA 5 1 entitled Instrumentation Symbols and Identification It is
265. on details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done Qva deu pr 5 2 G PLC Communications Drivers Almost all PLCs are Allen Bradley PLC 5 s GE Cimplicity uses the RS Linx driver from Rockwell Software and a Cimplicity module in some cases to communicate with the PLCs 1 Manufacturer Rockwell Software 2 Model number RS Linx OEM for ACS S 2 10 18 3 RS Linx full version is used for some development version 2 10 18 4 There are also GE PLCs attached to the network No driver software is required for this communication protocol 5 There are Modicon PLCs that will be attached to the network These will not require a separate driver for the Modbus communications protocol 6 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done Part II Standards and Conventions II 67 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 5 3 HMI Software The HMI software is currently under review for replacement Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for more information Cimplicity HMI is used for all human machine interface HMI applications 5 3 A Base Product
266. on name of equipment area and so becomes the network area name e is the parallel equipment designator or train number of the device See example of the RSNetWorx file name screen shot below where the file name is being set through the As function dar co O os set s s TE 5 3 Device Naming Convention The device name is set under the General tab The device name should be created in a consistent manner and provide adequate detail To aid in this the following format should be utilized Equipment Label _ Device Type _ Detail Info Equipment Label Physical equipment tag Use physical location if no tag is available Device Type The DeviceNet device E3 overload DSA module etc Detail Info additional details relevant to the device type devices should include the full load amps e DSA devices should include the details of the I O Part V CLX WW PV V 112 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District o Interlocks permissive etc Example North MCC 1 Bucket D Plus Overload relay e Name Bucket D Plus 3 5A o FLA 3 5A Example North MCC 1 Bucket D DSA I O device e Name Bucket D_DSA_Interlock o is associated with motor interlocks It is
267. ons Shall have a demonstrated record of prompt positive response to field failures Shall have a record of prompt deliveries in accordance with contract obligations required for previous projects Shall have a demonstrated experience record of successful installations for a minimum of three years Shall be a member in good standing of the Control System Integrators Association CSIA or endorsed by other industry organizations Certified members of CSIA preferred System Integrator must provide proof of successful completion of previous projects and shall be subject to one or more audits at the OWNER s discretion before during or after the project System Integrator shall supply examples of and references from at least three similar projects involving DeviceNet within the past five years that they have successfully completed For all Rockwell and Rockwell partner equipment the System Integrator shall be a Rockwell listed and certified Solution Provider Secondary preference shall be given to Rockwell listed System Integrators System Integrator shall have an office or location staffed with competent System Integrators that shall be used for the Work within 250 miles of the job site System Integrator shall have ISO 9001 certification If System Integrator does not have this certification then they shall be subject to a quality management audit by the District or the District s representative The System Integrator shall supply detaile
268. or outputs on single cards so that an I O card failure will affect only one or two pieces of equipment i e all start stop run fail signals for a given pump are on the same card However spare or backup equipment shall be entirely wired to separate I O cards to avoid losing both pieces of equipment if there is an I O card failure In most cases spare inputs and outputs are designed in Thorough annotation is required for I O rack numbers as part of the program documentation In existing PLCs an operator interface often takes a rack number in the middle of remote I O rack numbers 3 1 B Block Transfer Ranges Several types of block transfers are used a analog inputs b remote or flex I O transfers c data transfers from other PLCs and operator interfaces Polling files are discussed in a different section Analog input transfers remote I O and flex transfers are generally transferred to file BT 0 and up Thorough annotation is required Transfers to operator interfaces do not have standard files but must be thoroughly annotated Internal ladder transfers are as required 3 1 C HMI Polling Files Data to be polled by the HMI system is transferred to the N 80 file If there is an existing PLC that already has an N 80 N 180 is used The data is aggregated to minimize network traffic since the data can be read contiguously Analog values in general are posted to the transfer file as 0 4095 values with scaling done at the HMI server Dou
269. oreground ground Foreground ground Foreground Back ground 1 High White Red Red White White Gray 2 500 Med Black Yellow Yellow Black White Gray 501 750 Low White Blue Blue White White Gray 751 999 White Green Green White White Gray Note 751 to 999 is being reserved for potential future development Common Alarming Features Alarm Indications o Active alarms that are unacknowledged will blink with the alarm priority color Flash Unack Alarms o Active alarms that are acknowledged will stop blinking when acknowledged Inactive alarms that are unacknowledged remain in the alarm summary queue until cleared by acknowledgement Graphics AlarmFooter Displays all the current alarms in the system This graphic is also called a AlarmFooter_Easterly b AlarmFooter_Southerly AlarmFooter_Westerly Value AlarmComment E State TimeLCT Displaying 1 to 2 of 2 alarms Default 100 Complete Eastern Time US Canada Design Element mcn Graphic Number This graphic displays all of the alarms sorted by the time of the alarms The column details of this section are State TimeLCT Name Value AlarmComment and Priority thru alarm color FooterAlarmQuery Part V CLX WW PV Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL M1 Regional Sewer District Alarm Summary o Allows the user to see the Current Alarms Events as well
270. oring WWTP WWTP WWTP Automated Regulator Sites ert denen 4 eee denen Flow Monitoring Sites E bId f Level Monitor Sites Rain Intensity Monitoring Sites Remote Pump Stations Odor Control Sites Water Quality Remote Monitoring and Flow Management S bld 547 S bld Collections EMSC Equipment REF Building S47 S47 S47 INC1 INC2 Note For the WWTPSs the building number bld closely follows the process areas 2 5 Managed InTouch Application The NEORSD Wonderware system has a Managed InTouch Application In this model the InTouch application is handled like an object Derived Instances of this centralized InTouch application are assigned to clients within the ArchestrA framework and deployed Template changes are automatically indicated within the Instances by a COTS supplied deployment symbol Until re deployed the original configuration will continue to run Deployed objects are automatically loaded onto the clients however COTS software limitations may require manual restarts of the thin client InTouch application which will be performed by the ACP Thin Client Management Software 2 5 D Data Collection The MCS system collects data directly from the PLCs in the fie
271. ork then corrections to the software components or systems are the responsibility of the System Part II Standards and Conventions 97 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Integrator Corrections to these systems shall be done using Rockwell Software FactoryTalk AssetCentre or other District approved change management tools and procedures It must be kept in mind that changes made to correct misoperation at one point in the PLC control sequence may inadvertently affect the performance of other control sequences that have already been tested and accepted See Re Commissioning Paragraph 9 2 9 2 M Re commissioning Whenever all or part of a SCADA system is modified repaired or replaced by any party re commissioning is required to verify that the portions of the system affected function correctly and that the work has not affected other portions of the system The extent of re commissioning required shall be determined from the extent of the modifications For work that affects only devices and wiring external to the controller the affected loops shall be verified and functionally tested For changes to controller program logic or settings the entire process or subsystem supported by that controller shall be functionally tested and the interface to the local and remote HMI verified Control software changes shall be managed using Rockwell Software
272. ormance and Construction Requirements a Coil Voltage 120 VAC or 24 VDC as required b Contact Configuration Minimum DPDT with at least one spare contact If 4PDT relay is required then see Item 4 below c Contact Material and Rating 1 General Use Silver or silver cadmium oxide contacts rated for 10 amps minimum DPDT at 120 VAC 2 Low Power Switching Fine silver gold flashed contacts specifically designed for low power switching rated for 2 amps minimum at 30 VDC Idec series RY or approved equal Consult the Engineer d Mounting 8 Pin or 11 pin octal base plug in sockets for sub panel mounting on DIN rail Sockets shall have screw terminals for wiring connections which shall accept a minimum of two 14 AWG wires Four pole relays as in paragraph 4 below shall be supplied with a matching blade style socket Sockets shall have finger safe terminals Cover Clear plastic dust cover Indication LED indicator light Accessories Hold down spring or clip Accessories MOV for DC voltage coil and MOVs for contacts as required Accessories MOV or zener diode for AC voltage coil MOVs for contacts as required UL recognized 3 Manufacturer and Model a Tyco Potter amp Brumfield KRPA series b Allen Bradley 700 HA series c Magnecraft Struthers Dunn 750 series d Or approved equal e Order with conformal coating when available prog Part II Standards and Convention
273. osing Terminal Wire Tagging IV 7 Section 4 Sample PLC 5 Enclosure Layout Drawings 2 IV 8 Section 5 Sample PLC 5 Digital Wiring Drawing IV 14 Section 6 Sample PLC 5 Analog Wiring Drawing 2 IV 15 Section 7 Process Equipment and Parameter Abbreviations IV 16 Section 7 0 Process Abbreviations IV 16 Section 7 1 Equipment AbbreviatlOnS ui soia ent tarn ta tema ansa area creata eese bo ease Y aen uS IV 19 Section 7 2 Parameter Abbreviations IV 22 Part V ControlLogix Wonderware Panel View 1 Section MR CO V 11 Section 2 Wonderware Standards and Conventions V 2 Section 2 0 V 2 Section 2 1 Wonderware ArchestrA Key V 2 Section 2 2 Simplified Network Architecture a V 3 Section 2 3 SOMWA T V 3 2 Applications H V 3 Section 2 4 Security Destpli incesto ee tei bends 4 2 4 Platform Application Security n u V 4 2AB ArchestrA Role Default u ei aaa n RU en V 4 2 4 C ArchestrA Role 18 NO M
274. ot feasible 3 It must explain how the deviation s meets the fundamental intent of the Standards and the project requirements 4 It must include a specific description of the proposed alternative to the requirements in the NEORSD Standards and include supporting documentation Documentation may include references demonstrating successful use by other public utilities 5 It must show that such deviations are not contrary to the public interest health and safety Part I Background 1 2 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 6 It must verify that the deviation s will not compromise safety functionality public health esthetics and maintainability 7 It must verify that all applicable codes will be met Section 3 1 Procedure The process to request a deviation from the NEORSD Automation Standards and Conventions is as follows 1 Fill out and submit the NEORSD Standards Deviation Request Form The form must be filled out electronically and submitted via e mail to the designated NEORSD Project Manager or other designated contact NEORSD will supply the blank electronic form on request A copy of the form is included in this section 2 Transmit supporting documentation such as drawings mark ups photographs sketches vendor supplied product information etc with the Deviation Request e mail If attachments exceed mailbox limits then submission s
275. other On Top display types no other Goto Display Buttons may be placed within the graphic Alarm Summary History and Status All screen displays must contain a link to the alarm summary screen This makes the alarm summary accessible from anywhere within the application The alarm summary screen shows the currently active and unacknowledged alarms Closing the alarm summary screen returns the user back to the last viewed process display screen From the alarm summary the user may navigate to the alarm history screen and if logged in with proper rights the alarm status screen Closing these screen returns the user back to the alarm summary from which they can return back to the last viewed process display Keypad Usage K Keys are reserved for full page navigational purposes within the application All navigation buttons must be assigned a unique K Key designator for navigating through the application using the keypad The navigation button label should contain the assigned K Key preferably on the second line of the label in parentheses F Keys are reserved for operation type functions such as device START STOP mode selection setpoint entering etc The top row of F Keys should be used to open the objects on the screen while the second row of F Keys should be reserved for actions on the object faceplate This technique will prevent accidental double clicking of a key which could result in undesired action Part V
276. oup types that are not permitted to affect output state or value OIT none AOI UDT e OIT User Control Prohibit identify user group types that are not permitted to affect output state or value 12 I O point signal and process parameter alarm trend and historian definition fields T O raw signal engineering units O raw signal Low Low Alarm value Low Alarm value High Alarm value High High Alarm value Part II Standards and Conventions II 107 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District signal process parameter engineering units I O signal process parameter Low Low Alarm value Low Alarm value High Alarm value High High Alarm value e Alarm deadband e Alarm initiation delay time e Alarm cut out delay time e Alarm priority rating e HMI Trended point e OIT Trended point e Historical data capture criteria and conditions none sampling period exception deadband max time between archived samples rate of change limit other criteria as applicable Part II Standards and Conventions 108 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL W Regional Sewer District Part III CONTROL NETWORK SECTION 1 EASTERLY WWTP NETWORK BLOCK DIAGRAM 5 m 1 3 I 3 lt 2 I Pc sw gt m
277. panels and enclosures Do not cover model numbers or other text or indicating lights b Numerically tag individual terminals or terminal blocks pre printed push on plastic labels from vendor may be used c Color code and numerically tag wiring at each end according to drawings or other documents as applicable d Tag all pneumatic lines G Warranty 1 The CONTRACTOR is responsible at their expense for the replacement of any defective component s or the repair of failed systems which arise for a minimum of twelve months after shipment to the OWNER Repaired or replaced components shall be warranted for a period of not less than six months from date of shipment to the OWNER or the remainder of the original warranty term whichever is longer H Inspection and Testing 1 All panels consoles and cabinets shall be inspected by the CONTRACTOR Inspection shall include but not be limited to the following Part II Standards and Conventions 26 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Nameplates warning labels and tags including correct spelling color size of labeling and characters Enclosure flatness finish and color Proper operation of doors catches and locks Wire types sizes and colors Proper wiring layout practices and grounding All electrical circuits checked for continuity Terminal block contact ratings and numbers Termi
278. parallel equipment noted as it is an overview screen S47_INC2_CNT2A Detail S Southerly WWTP 47 Process Area 47 incineration INC Incinerator CNT Centrifuge 2 Incinerator Train 2 A first centrifuge on train Detail Display type a more focused display includes the parallel designator Part V CLX WW PV V 48 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 2 11 Display Guidelines 2 11 A General Display window information is to be consistent in presentation especially when multiple copies exist on process lines or trains In general the layout of the windows should follow the process and logically align with the physical equipment to the extent of being easily understood by an operator Fonts used must be consistent and follow the text guideline section of this standard OR must be pre approved by NEORSD Display windows must be free of typographical errors or graphical discrepancies 2 11 B Common Windows will contain only information from one building unless it is an overview window Window backgrounds will all be the same color silver unless a deviation is pre approved ALL animated objects on the window displays must come from the NEORSD Standard Object Library Standard title bar exists on each window Standard Large Upper Band is viewable always Standard Footer is viewable always DO NOT develop graphical elements that are hid
279. pecified herein All mounting hardware shall be provided for complete installation 2 For environmental cameras receivers shall be installed in weatherproof enclosures For cameras located in hazardous areas receivers shall be enclosed in explosion proof housings The housings shall comply with the requirements for Class 1 Group D Hazardous locations as defined by the National Electric Code the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard U L 1203 and all other safety codes pertaining thereto 3 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a American Dynamic b Or equal Part II Standards and Conventions 76 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 8 1 F Surge Protection 1 Each camera shall be protected with lightning arrestor at each end of the cable at the camera site and the head end equipment at the control console The connections to the surge protection devices shall be made with BNC connectors 2 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a Atlantic Scientific b Or equal 8 1 G Cables 1 Provide coaxial cables with connectors at both ends for interconnection of supplied equipment at the control console 8 1 H Video Camera Transceiver Links 1 The cameras shall be connected to the central monitoring equipment via Fiber Optic Links for transmission of baseband video signals over long distan
280. permission limitations A minimum of 6 characters is required for passwords Section 5 2 Drivers Utilities Software 5 2 A ODBC Database Drivers A third party ODBC driver was required for the interface between Oracle 8 and Cimplicity 4 01 Merant formerly Intersolv ODBC drivers are installed on each computer 1 Manufacturer Merant Data Systems 2 Part number Merant Data Direct 3 50 for Oracle 8 patched to 3 50 0014 3 Installation details NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done 5 2 Hardware Drivers Several hardware drivers are in use for varying hardware A list follows As with the other software NEORSD personnel have a detailed procedure for loading and configuring this software Contact the District Manager of Process Control and Automation if this work needs to be done 1 Compaq Configuration Utility 4 21 Compaq Array Driver Compaq 2DH Array controller older Compaq SmartArray 3200 controller Compaq Netelligent network card driver Matrox Millennium II NT driver older Matrox G200 NT driver Compaq power supply viewer Compaq driver for HPC1537A 4mm DAT tape drive Other drivers are in use QN UR sc 5 2 C Anti Virus Software The NEORSD standard anti virus software is Symantec Norton Anti Virus NAV The control network uses the anti virus solution version si
281. pipe pressure 557 SH xxxx SK TMPI HH solids handling skimmings temperature 1 557 SH xxxx SK TMPI HH STPT solids handling skimmings temperature 1 alarm setpoint When an average is created from several redundant measurements use the following example as a guide 547 INC 3100 HX IN GAS TMP heat exchanger inlet gas temperature 547 INC 3100B HX IN GAS TMP heat exchanger inlet gas temperature B 547 INC 3100C HX IN GAS TMP heat exchanger inlet gas temperature C 547 INC 3100AVG HX IN GAS TMP heat exchanger inlet gas temperature average 1 10 F Format for Description Field The point tag description in CLX WW and PV shall consist of the P amp ID tag name in upper case letters followed by a full description of the tag 1 10 G Other Requirements All IO list must include the point tag and corresponding object name attribute information as well as any alarm descriptions Alarm descriptions must be consistent between HMI and OIT Part II Standards and Conventions 18 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 PLC PANEL CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS Section 2 0 Introduction This section reviews the conventions for PLC panel construction Section 2 1 Panel Construction Article I provides the detailed requirements for the construction of control and PLC panels I
282. ply lines The protection systems shall be such that the protection level shall not interfere with normal operation but shall be lower than the instrument surge withstand level and be maintenance free and self restoring Instruments shall be housed in suitable metallic cases properly grounded Ground wires for all surge protectors shall be connect ed to a good earth ground and where practical each ground wire run indi vidually and insulated from each other These protectors shall be mounted within the instrument enclosure or a separate junction box compatible with the area designation coupled to the enclosure b Provide formal lightning and surge protection devices for all signal lines data highways and power interfaces with PLCs at remote sites For signal lines data highways and power feeds to control panels and PLC hardware provide formal lightning and surge protection devices for all lines that originate or are routed outside a building on any part of the existing or proposed circuit either in buried or exposed raceways c Lightning and surge protection devices shall be standard manufactured products comprising multi component networks or hybrid circuits The units shall incorporate gas filled discharge tubes metal oxide varistors and or zener diodes providing full protection from line to line and from line to ground Units shall be DIN rail mounted rated for a minimum 10kA maximum surge current and voltage suitable for the type of
283. pped valve closed 6 Selector Switches General Purpose Areas Nema 4X watertight and oiltight Non illuminated Number of positions to suit application Maintained or spring return to suit application 2 N O and 2 N C contacts unless otherwise specified Standard knob lever with black knob and white insert unless otherwise specified 6 Standard aluminum Nema 4 grey legend plate unless otherwise specified 1 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 800H series b Or approved equal h Nameplate laminated plastic engraved black letters on white text as specified 7 Selector Switches Hazardous NEC classified Locations Nema 7 9 for Division 1 and Division 2 Areas Non illuminated Number of positions to suit application Maintained or spring return to suit application 2 N O and 2 N C contacts unless otherwise specified Standard knob lever with black knob and white insert unless otherwise specified 6 Standard aluminum Nema 4 grey legend plate unless otherwise specified e Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 800H series b Or approved equal m o e gt h Nameplate laminated plastic engraved black letters on white text as specified Reference Standards A Reference Part IL Section 2 1 Panel Construction and Part IL Section 2 2 PLC Hardware amp Software Installation Details A Reference Part II Section 2 1 Panel Construction B The PLC and I O racks shall be installed such
284. pplication Objects Areas and Device Integration Objects Functional Details e Provides redundancy between AOS platforms to ensure robust data acquisition e Additional layer between the derived engines and aAppEngine e Supports flexibility of design if a common script attribute UDA needs created and is common to all engines e Addition of this layer supports manufacturer best practices and prevents need to alter BTLs e History enabled to ensure all data is properly stored General History Enable storage to Checked historian History Enable Tag Hierarchy Checked History Store forward deletion 100 MB threshold aurato E S duration History Forwarding chunk size 1024 Bytes History Buffer count 128 History Enable Late Data Unchecked Scripts Maximum time for scripts 1000 ms to execute Scripts Maximum asynchronous 5 threads thread count Checkpoint directory location Part V CLX WW PV V 26 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio Design Element Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Redundancy Design Element Enable redundancy Forced failover timeout Maximum deltas buffered checkpoint Maximum alarm state changes buffered Standby engine heartbeat period Active engine heartbeat period Maximum consecutive heartbeats missed from Active engine Maximum con
285. pprox f Video IN BNC 1 0 V p p 75 ohm unbalanced g Video Out BNC 1 0 V p p 75 ohm unbalanced h SNR VHS 46 dB i Horizontal Resolution VHS 240 lines in color J Audio IN Phono 10 dBV 47 ohms unbalanced k MIC In 60 dBV 600 ohms to 4 7 kOhms unbalanced 1 Camera Switch Output Timing 1 5V OV Pulse width 4 7 msec Timing 2 12 0 Pulse width 16 7 msec m Power Supply 120 VAC 60 Hz single phase 4 Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a Panasonic Part II Standards and Conventions II 80 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District b Or equal Reference Standards American National Standards Institute ANSI Factory Mutual FM Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IEEE National Electric Code NEC National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA Underwriters Laboratories UL Sx Ud EE Installation Details this section does not contain all installation details for the equipment system shown only those that are required by the NEORSD These details may exceed those required by the equipment manufacturer or local codes 1 Install in conformance with the requirements of NEC Install the video cameras at the locations shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that adequate strain relief is provided in the installati
286. ration software to District including electronic and hard copies of all manuals The following software packages shall be furnished in addition to all other software necessary Part Standards and Conventions 36 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District for the proper programming and configuration of the PLCs and their components a RS Logix 5000 b RS Linx c FactoryTalk View ME 2 2 F Operator Interface Terminals OIT Notes to specifier Operator Interface Terminals OITs shall be used as the interface to the process control system for a specific subsystem or particular process as shown on the Contract Drawings or specifications OITS shall be functionally similar as to display arrangements menu selections command terminology and data access methods OITs shall be programmed using the District developed object library OITs of a given type shall be functionally interchangeable differing only in the configuration installed on each type OITs shall be capable of accessing typical operator process control functions Each OIT s functional environment shall be password protected for system security and user identification Required number of OITs provided shall be as shown or specified It is the District s intention to have the PLC PanelView OIT Ethernet network separate from the PLC HMI control Ethernet network This require
287. ration to prevent unnecessary alarms The NEORSD Analog AOI object may be used to move the module value into a controller tag location and display the value on the HMI See NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual for details on AOI usage Use of the Analog AOI object is generally recommended but not always required For example if the input is not displayed or is manipulated before being displayed on the HMI the programmer is free to buffer the signal in another manner Analog Outputs Analog output values used within the program shall be scaled as engineering units of percentage 0 100956 If further scaling is needed it should be performed within the I O mapping routine using CPT or similar functions The I O module configuration will be set for 0 100 to final output signal ex 4 20ma The NEORSD library does not make use of a standard AOI for analog output handling Typically moving the value of a PLC global tag to the output module via MOV instruction in ladder or INPUT OUTPUT RERENCE direct link in function block is all that is required Analog Alarming Analog alarms associated with input scaling are generated in the Analog AOI Other methods of analog alarming are permitted but the resultant alarm output must use a NEORSD AOI to be annunciated in the HMI 3 8 E Digital O All physical digital inputs and outputs should be referenced within individual digital I O routines Routines shall be separated by module and f
288. rd Program Naming Conventions 5 3 RSNetWorx Program Naming Convention The RSNetWorx application program will be stored in the District s FactoryTalk Asset Centre system For this reason it needs to follow a standard naming format The RSNetworx program name applies to a network of devices and as such should account for the common name of the area in which that network exists The general convention to be used for any new program should take a drill down approach Process Area Network Area Sequential Numerical Designator The name must also include a prefix that indicates the NEORSD plant and process area This information is provided in Part 2 Section 9 of the automation standard The format is represented in the following Plant ProcessArea Network Area Name Number Part V CLX WW PV V 111 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District The network name should provide enough detail to clearly understand what devices are serviced by the program Any abbreviations must comply with the NEORSD Process Equipment Abbreviation provided in Part 2 Section 4 of the automation standard Example North MCC 1 Southerly Cooling Water Pump and others located in the access building 1 The file name becomes 502 North MCC 1 Where e S Southerly 02 the process area access bldg 1 per the lists provided in Part 2 Section 9 e North MCC is the comm
289. rea 74 Effluent Building Area 78 Administration Building 80 Tunnel Administration to Blower Building Area 84 Tunnel Administration to Service Tunnel Area 85 Tunnel Blower to Pump Building Area 86 Tunnel Pump to Service Building Area 87 Stockroom Area 91 Machine Shop Area 92 Security Building Area 96 General Plant Area 99 Part II Standards and Conventions 87 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 9 1 C Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center Area Description Code Gas Well 00 Screen amp Grit Building 01 Access Building 1 02 Access Building 2 03 Access Building 3 04 Access Building 4 05 Access Building 5 06 Primary Settling 1 10 Area 07 Primary Setting 11 18 Area 10 Chemical Handling Building 11 First Stage Aeration A Area Not In Service 12 First Stage Aeration B Area Not In Service 13 First Stage Aeration C Area 14 First Stage Blower Building 15 First Stage Settling A Area Not In Service 17 First Stage Settling Area Not In Service 18 First Stage Settling Area 19 Return Sludge Pump Station C Gallery 20 Second Stage Lift Station Building 21 Second Stage Aeration Area 22 Second Stage Blower Building 23 Second Stage Settling Area 24 Second Stage Return
290. rences such as P amp ID loop drawing wiring diagram etc Instrument Field Device Tag Number e Instrument Asset Number if assigned by District Instrument Field Device Description Instrument Field Device location Instrument Field Device range Instrument Field Device setpoint and deadband as applicable Part II Standards and Conventions II 105 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 10 I O generation section The certification sheet shall include the following information describing the generation method physical or simulated used for each I O tested generation method physical or simulated e Test signal engineering units and span e Test Equipment Manufacturer Model No NIST calibration date physical I O generation A record of the analog I O checkout shall contain the following data for both increasing and decreasing input signals at 0 25 50 75 and 100 percent of normal operating span In addition analog I O shall be verified for out of range bad quality e Input value and corresponding engineering units e Output value and corresponding engineering units e Low bad signal quality limit value e High bad signal quality limit value 11 HMI OIT Graphical Interface verification section The certification sheet shall include the following information about each graphical window of each system graphical interface
291. reset sort and sequence Super Dynamic activation digital motion mask set electronic sensitivity up and backlight compensation set up The controls for pan tilt zoom cameras shall be accessible via system controller These functions shall include direct access of preset position zoom near or far focus near or far iris open or close pan right or left tilt up or down The multiplexer shall also provide 1 60 sec refresh rate for 4 cameras at once Loss of video detection for any channel shall be alarmed In addition to monitor displays and alarms the tape recording shall be date and time stamped for all channels Cameras setup and control functions shall be accessible for cameras 5 8 9 12 and 13 16 which shall provide cable compensation of up to 3000 feet with no loss of video or control signal degradation The following features shall be provided as a minim a Resolution 720 x 486 pixels minimum b Frame memory Quantizing 8 bit c Internal Sync 2 1 Interlace Horizontal 15 734 kHz Vertical 9 94 kHz d Input Signal Sixteen 16 1 V p p 75 Ohm BNC connector with loop through outputs and automatic termination e Spot Input p p 75 Ohm BNC x 1 Part II Standards and Conventions 79 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District f Time Adjust Input 1 D SUB 37 pin Connector g Output Signal Spot Input 1 V p p 75 Ohm BNC x 1
292. ring screens e Able to open and operate object faceplates for the purpose of device mode selection and manual control Able to view and acknowledge configured alarms Able to access maintenance specific screens for diagnostic information Unable to enter values or change setpoints for process control Unable to enter or change configuration type values on faceplate objects e g alarm limits e Unable to access PanelView terminal settings Maintenance accounts take all of the operator s abilities and add access to maintenance specific screens for extended diagnostic features Supervisor Security Code A B C D e Can view all process monitoring screens and additional process setpoint limit screens as configured e Able to open and operate object faceplates for the purpose of device mode selection and manual control e Able to view and acknowledge configured alarms e Able to enter values and change setpoints for select process control points e Unable to enter or change configuration type values on faceplate objects e g alarm limits e Unable to access PanelView terminal settings Supervisor accounts have limited added privileges over operator accounts Supervisors can access and change select process control setpoint limits that are deemed appropriate by PLC programmers Configure Security Code A B C D e Can view all configured screens e Able to open and operate all provided objects on control faceplates e Able to view and
293. rol system related training The Integrator shall also be responsible for e Integration of system workshops installation testing and commissioning activities into the overall project schedule e Preparation organization binding electronic copying submission and correction of all instrumentation and control system submittals Where requested by the District or its representative the Integrator shall submit documents pertaining to standards engineering practices and recommendations and physical systems and equipment that support e The validity of analytical mathematical expressions that will be programmed into the process control and automation system e Development of written testing and verification procedures for every aspect of system performance e Installation integration and configuration of all software components and development of custom software as required e Integration and interfacing of the instrumentation and control system hardware software licenses Part II Standards and Conventions 91 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 9 2 D System Integrator s Project Personnel CONTRACTOR shall require the System Integrator to provide a Field Engineer with the following responsibilities Provide advice and technical consultation concerning installation techniques and procedures for equipment furnished The Field Engineer sha
294. rop down list selection This object describes the server hosting the client the connection state the scan state and topic information Display Alterations o The following alterations were made to the display in order to custom design the display to allow a drop down topic list which is not in the default configuration Part V CLX WW PV V 32 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL 5 Regional Sewer District NEORSD_ControlLogix Server Node IX1UMS190201 Server Name DASABCIP Connection Status Connected Scan State OnScan 1 onscan Comm Protocol SuiteLink Connection Alarm false Reconnect The DDESuiteLinkClient provides connectivity to DDE or SuiteLink servers Topic District Standards M Active true Item Count 110 Item Update Count 0 Error Count Item Error Count Alarm false Item Error Count Alarm Priority 500 DDE Login DDEUseDefaultUser True Domain Name User Name Graphic Design Element Number SuitelinkTopic Drop down for the selection of topic name e Node_Display o This Node Display Graphic shows the tagname of the object and the node that it is connected to 1 RSD_ControlLogix Hosted On IX1UMS190201 2 Graphic Design Element Number ERE Tn This displays the tagname of the object 2 This string displays the ServerNode that the object is hosted on Part V
295. roughly documented 3 11 C Subroutine Nesting Programmers shall limit the depth of ladder subroutine level jumps to 2 MainRoutine gt Subroutinel Subroutine gt Subroutine2 Programmers should not use JSR instructions to jump up or back out of routines Use the RET instruction instead 3 11 D Output Instructions Output instructions OTE MOV Timers etc must be located to the right of all input instructions located on the corresponding rung or branch Output instructions should not be located in between or to the left of any other input instructions Multiple outputs per rung are permissible Programmers should make use of rung branches to organize and condense multiple outputs to aid in viewing rungs 3 11 E Function Block Sheets Function block subroutine should be contained on a single sheet when possible to ease review troubleshooting When multiple sheets are unavoidable the programmer should organize Part V CLX WW PV 79 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District the sheets such that each sheet contains a set of logic pertaining to a single area or piece of equipment Programmers should adjust the sheet size to accommodate grouped logic within a single sheet Programmers shall also provide adequate spare sheet space for future logic 3 11 F Simulation of Logic Adding code to simulate normal operating conditions for testing purpo
296. rsion of development software used by the NEORSD Contractor s integrator shall contact the plant electrical instrumentation EIT manager or the District Manager of Process Control and Automation to acquire the latest copy of the affected PLC program to be modified under the integrators contract responsibility All program modification that involves new hardware or system add ons shall be done in a separate subroutine Each rung shall be described as to function and each element in the rung shall have a description If modifications to existing equipment in the system are part of the integrators responsibility the modifications shall be done in the existing subroutine Each rung shall be fully described and each element in the rung shall have a description NEORSD provided tag names or naming conventions shall be used Any additions to the I O subsystem shall have the element added to the I O configuration portion of the RSLogix software As program changes are made the daily modified software shall be presented in soft copy to the plant EIT manager When program modifications are complete the software in soft copy shall be presented to the plant EIT manager as well as the District Manager of Process Control and Automation Part II Standards and Conventions 49 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 3 2 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Programming Conventions
297. rt V CLX WW PV V 94 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District For PanelView Plus 6 Model 700 terminals integrators typically will assign K1 K6 and 1 5 to objects within their specific application For screens with more than 5 objects requiring assignment keys F6 F10 be used starting with F6 Assigning other keypad assignments to objects should be avoided as they are reserved for standard functions Illustration of Key Assignments The following diagram illustrates an example PanelView Plus 6 Model 1250 graphic display and depicts standard K and F Key assignments Custom Faceplate Nav Use top row F Key for K20 exit All controls on Use right side K keys for faceplate navigation faceplate use bottom row standard navigation main button Faceplate F keys alarm These are included in navigation buttons to be base program placed in main display Plus 1250 area with other objects Custom Faceplate Standard Nav Custom Faceplate Button Num Entry Button Num Entry Button Num Entry Button Num Entr Standard Objects Use top row F Keys for all standard object assignments This includes push buttons numeric entry and faceplate navigation buttons for motors valves etc 99998009808 ED FD EDED FD ED ED ED GD AY ED E17 C1 E19 ED EX Display Nav
298. s Function Style Operator Color Start Flush Green Stop Extended Red Emergency Stop Mushroom Red Other Functions Flush Black Unless otherwise specified 4 Pilot Lights General Purpose Areas a Nema 4X watertight and oiltight b Full voltage push to test LED lamp c Voltage to match application d Standard aluminum Nema 4 grey legend plate unless otherwise specified 1 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 800H series b Or approved equal e Nameplate laminated plastic engraved black letters on white text as specified 5 Pilot Lights Hazardous NEC classified Locations a Nema 7 9 for Division 1 and Division 2 Areas b Full voltage push to test LED Lamp c Voltage to match application d Standard aluminum Nema 4 grey legend plate unless otherwise specified 1 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 800H series b Or approved equal e Nameplate laminated plastic engraved black letters on white text as specified Pilot Light Colors Function Color Examples Power White Panel power on control power on Part II Standards and Conventions II 46 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Status Blue In remote In calibration Alarm or Fault Amber VFD fault low level high pressure Energized Red Motor or pump running valve open De Energized Green Motor or pump sto
299. s data log models etc with ControlLogix controller tags Instead direct reference tags should be used wherever possible Part V CLX WW PV V 96 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 4 6 Security New applications submitted for approval shall have a single Default user account set with full privileges Additional user accounts and passwords will be configured onsite during the commissioning of the system from a District provided engineering laptop This will insure that the correct user accounts and associated District FactoryTalk Directory security settings will be deployed The remainder of this section describes the final security settings Contractors should develop applications screens that will make use of the security privileges and account profiles detailed below Refer to section 4 6 C for security usage instructions 4 6 A User Groups and Accounts A standard set of user groups will be provided by the District for use within each PanelView Plus 6 application One of more accounts under each group may be assigned to each PanelView application The standard user groups are listed below Default View Only Operator Maintenance Supervisor Configure 4 6 B General Account Privileges and Restrictions The bulleted list below outlines security codes and runtime account privileges for each user group that should be anticipated for the
300. s 10 19 of the standard PanelView application are reserved for historical trend screens This area provides a central location where any user can navigate to view all configured trends for a given application Navigation through the trend screen area follows in a similar manner as process displays described before Display 101 Trend Main displays a directory of configured trends screens from which the user during runtime may navigate between trend areas When inside a particular trend area the user may navigate between trend displays in that area or return to the main trend directory Trend screen naming should follow the standard PanelView display naming conventions outlined 4 4 Area Process and Display description fields the display name up to the developer s choosing 4 8 B Trend Area Template Developers should make use the trend template graphic provided with the base PanelView application for configuring trends within the trend areas No other process object or other display information should appear on these screens Only one trend should appear on each screen 4 8 C Other Trends Aside from trends configured in the trend area trends may also be configured and placed on process displays as required These trends must use the built in ME Studio trend object and should follow trend standard colors and attributes set forth within this document 4 8 D Trend Colors The colors within the example trend i
301. s II 44 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 Manufacturer and Model If 4PDT relay required The following relays come with blade style terminals IDEC RH4B series Magnecraft Struthers Dunn 784XDXMAL full featured series Allen Bradley 700 HC2 series Square D 8501RS series Or approved equal Order with conformal coating when available 2 4 E Timing Relays 1 Type Programmable multi function multi range plug in type time delay relay providing delay on make delay on break and interval operation Time shall be adjusted with a thumbwheel or digital display and not a rotary knob 2 Construction Features a Time range 0 1 seconds or less to 9990 hours or more b Digital setting accuracy Five percent or better c Contacts 1 Type DPDT 2 Rating 10 Amp minimum Housing Plug in design with dust and moisture resistant molded plastic case Power input 24 to 240 V AC or DC Operating Temperature 10 C to 455 Unit shall have LEDs or LCD to show timing status Sockets 11 pin octal base to match relay DIN rail mount Sockets shall have screw terminals for wiring connections which shall accept a minimum of two 14 AWG wires Sockets shall have finger safe terminals i Hold down clips j Suppression diode or current snubber as required k Approvals UL recognized 3 Manufacturer and Model a Magnecraft TDRP
302. s and events Functional Details e All alarming is handled by ArchestrA System Platform Alarm Engine e Hosts the alarm summary page and footer e Functionality redundantly hosted between AOS node pairs e Drop down box used to select between current alarms historical alarms events alarm state and priority String input box used to select the group main area A separate alarm query for all system alarms Alarm Priorities e Priority 1 Critical High Importance Health and Human Safety Alarms Chlorine High Level Explosive Gas High Level etc e Priority 2 500 Major Medium Importance o Permit violations High High and Low Low levels and catastrophic machine failures e Priority 501 750 Minor Low Importance Process variable excursions high and low levels non catastrophic machine failures and computer network failures e Priority 751 999 Potential future alarm level Part V CLX WW PV 11 Revision 2 0 1 Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Alarm Configuration Alarms of different priorities are displayed on alarm summary pages using different colors to aid in their identification Color configuration for alarms is shown below nacknowl Acknowl Alarm Unacknowledged cknowledged Alarms Una Reti Alam Alarms Flash Unack Alarms Alarm Alarm Text Back Text Back Text Priority Level F
303. s as a slave device on a DeviceNet network You can enable a logic operation using the DeviceLogix Editor to provide local control over outputs on a device These logic operations are limited to e Boolean o AND OR XOR NAND NOR XNOR e Bistable RS LATCH SR LATCH e Counters Timers o UPCTR UP DN CTR PULSE TMR ON DELAY TMR OFF DELAY TMR Section 5 1 Programming for DeviceNet 5 1 General DeviceLogix is a stand alone Boolean program which resides within the DeviceNet component RSNetworx for DeviceNet is required to program the device with this technology It is important to note that the DeviceLogix program will only run if the logic has been enabled which can be done within the Logic Editor of RSNetWorx for DeviceNet 5 1 B Software The below software packages are required to enable the DeviceLogix program applications e RSNetWorx for DeviceNet RSLinx Classic RSNetWorx for DeviceNet is a 32 bit Windows application program that allows you to configure DeviceNet devices Using a graphical or spreadsheet representation of your DeviceNet network you can configure all devices on the network 5 1 C Revisions The District requires all new DeviceLogix application programs to use the same version of RSNetWorx that is currently in use at the NEORSD Verify with the District project manager which program version to use before starting any new applications Part V CLX WW PV V 110 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOM
304. s multiple Ethernet modules in the PLC rack For new PanelView installations the PanelViews shall be 24 VDC powered and typically UPS backed up For replacement of existing 120 VAC PanelViews consult the District Bid specifications must list the required display size for each application The only approved display sizes are listed below Use the A OIT only for very large process systems or units and or complex systems that require detailed graphics and overview screens Use the OIT for medium sized processes or units with only moderately complex graphics and overview screens Use the C OIT for small or simple processes or units Typically used for small packaged or vendor supplied panels All OITS shall be provided with conformally coated electronics for the screens and logic modules specifications below shall be considered minimum requirements to allow for manufacturer improvements A A OIT 1 Manufacturer and Model Allen Bradley PanelView Plus 6 or latest series catalog number 2711P B15C4D9 without equal Display Screen Size 15 inches diagonally measured backlit Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels 18 bit color graphics Display and Keypad Type Touch screen and keypad Memory 512 MB RAM and 512 MB nonvolatile flash memory SL PS pa Part II Standards and Conventions II 37 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTION
305. secutive heartbeats missed from Standby Engine Maximum time to maintain good quality after failure Maximum time to discover partner Restart engine process when transitioning from Active to Standby R W Interrupts Design Element Number of read write interrupts Enable standard interrupts VALUE Checked 90000 ms 2 15000 VALUE Instances ESDAP ENG ESDAR e SSDAP ENG SSDAR WSDAP ENG WSDAR Unchecked Part V CLX WW PV Revision 2 0 1 Regional Sewer District NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 G NEORSDArea_ Lower Description The Area represents a plant area and allows grouping of objects for modeling and alarm reporting The BTL script by default searches the area for a Suitelink client for a connection to the DAServer This area looks at the containing area for the server name and topic for data acquisition which allows for areas within areas that do not require a separate DDESuitelinkClient instance In order for this to work the top area must be derived from NEORSDArea_Top and that area must contain a SuitelinkClient instance Every area contained within that Top Area will look up to the containing area for its I O The area derived from NEORSDArea Top is NEORSDArea Lower Functional Details e Additional layer between the derived engines and aArea Supports flexib
306. ses is permitted Please segregate programs and routines of simulation logic in order to aid removal prior to commissioning Simulation shall only be enabled through the PLC programming software not from OIT or HMI 3 11 G Fault Resets There shall be no automatic resetting of faulted hardware such as VFDs The PLC logic will create a fault alarm that is annunciated at the OIT and the HMI Typically software faults should be programmed so that the hardware fault must be cleared first before the software fault will clear 3 11 H Forced Logic Use of forced logic for normal operation is not permitted Forcing logic during testing is acceptable but all forces must be removed when the system is placed in service The forces enabled status will be made available on the HMI as part of the normal execution of the PLC Status object Part V CLX WW PV V 80 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District 3 11 1 Alarm Horn and Light Acknowledging Alarm logic may latch alarm annunciation horn or light but not the alarm To silence the horn and stop a flashing light the following tags should be created in the PLC PV ACK BOOL PV SILENCE BOOL The PanelView Plus 6 will manipulate for reset or alarm action PLC PV ACK will be toggled by the PanelView Plus 6 any time an alarm is acknowledged or the Ack button is pressed on the Alarm Summary PV SILENC
307. sign if a common script attribute UDA needs to be created and is common to all areas e Allows for entire area s alarms to be disabled e Addition of this layer supports manufacturer best practices and prevents need to alter BTLs Instances e Instance name should match the PLC name with a prefix that reflects the NEORSD plant o Site designators are listed in Part II Section 1 5 I of this document A sample listing is repeated below for convenience o Note Southerly instances have no prefix as it plays host to the WW galaxy E Control points wihin or trom Eastery WwTG A Automated Regulatorsites F Fow Monitoring stes R P o OswComosts and Flow Management Collection system control facilities however its ongoing use should be limited to points specifically associated with EMSC building equipment Part V CLX WW PV V 29 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 1 NEORSDClient Description The NEORSDWinPlatform_Client represents a client node in the application that is not a thin client Functional Details e Provides a template for each client node in the application that is not a thin client e Removes the unnecessary functionally for a client included in the AOS and GR Platforms e Allows for data on a client General Network address lt blank gt History store forward directory lt
308. sions are properly authorized and up to date E Project software and programming version control shall be implemented using the Districts Rockwell Software FactoryTalk AssetCentre application or other application acceptable to the District When initial or revised versions of software are implemented the person archiving the version shall include notations that identify the project name and number program name PLCs OITs affected software program name version number name of person authorizing the version name of programmer version release date description of the issues addressed by the version and version distribution commissioning date Refer to Sections 2 0 and 2 1 of the NEORSD Standard Object Library Guideline for additional details regarding software version control F Programming and software of PLCs and Operator Interface Terminals programmed Part II Standards and Conventions II 39 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District under the contract shall be fully compatible with one another and shall be developed using the RS Logix family series software by Allen Bradley Provide licensed copies of all programming configuration system vendor and third party applications software to the District for all control system software products provided under the Contract G Provide electronic and hard copies of all manuals H Refer to the PLC Standards sectio
309. strict NEORSD Standards Deviation Request Form Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District 3900 Euclid Ave Cleveland OH 44115 216 881 6600 Date of Request Project Number Name of Requester Name of Firm Phone No E mail address Attach additional sheets as needed to provide the information required below Standards s for which a deviation is requested list document name section s subsection s Fully explain reason for deviation request Proposed alternative implementation Supporting documentation attached Yes No Signing below indicates that the Requestor has verified compliance with the requirements of the Standards Deviation R equest procedure included in the NEORSD Automation Standards and Conventions Manual Requester s Signature Date THIS AREA FOR NEORSD USE ONLY Date Received Date Returned Reviewed by Authorized NEORSD Signature District Decision Accepted Rejected Comments Limitations Part I Background 1 4 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Part Standards and Conventions SECTION 1 HMI STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS Section 1 0 Introduction This section contains standards for process screens as developed for the Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District s Plant Automation System These screens allow plant operators to monitor and contro
310. t pedestal pipe pole or wall mount brackets Explosion proof housings shall be provided for cameras located in hazardous locations as designated in the camera list The housings shall comply with the requirements for Class 1 Division 1 Group D Hazardous locations as defined by the National Electric Code the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard U L 1203 and all other safety codes pertaining thereto The camera housings shall consist of the following features a Extruded aluminum body b Camera access through rear cap c Unit base bolt hole pattern to be compatible with remote positioning device provided d Plastic end caps e Sunshield for outdoor locations Product and Manufacturer Provide one of the following a PELCO b Or equal 8 1 Pan and Tilt Drive 1 2 3 All cameras shall be provided with remote positioning devices consisting of pan and tilt drives Pan and tilt drives for environmental cameras shall be of weatherproof corrosion resistant construction Pan and tilt drives for cameras in hazardous locations shall be enclosed in explosion proof housings The housings shall comply with the requirements for Class 1 Part Standards and Conventions 75 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Division 1 Group D Hazardous locations as defined by the National Electric Code the requirements of
311. t particular instance for ControlLogix tag and description attributes Part V CLX WW PV V 84 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Section 4 3 Project Settings 4 3 A PanelView Application Name The PanelView application name should incorporate the site building process and equipment information as defined below Site Area Process Train X OIT Alpha FTversion Where Site Site designator for Westerly W Southerly S or Easterly E Collections C Area Two digit process area code as provided by the District Refer to Section 9 1 for a listing of the process area numbers Process The character reference to the process or equipment area being monitored and or controlled as defined in Part IV Section 7 Train is the number associated with the equipment train 1 2 3 etc when applicable _CMN may be used when multiple trains use a common PLC for auxiliary controls X is the alphabetical sequence A B C etc for parallel pieces of equipment associated with the train when applicable Alpha Unique alpha character identifying PanelViews that otherwise would have the same tag descriptor Characters must be assigned alphabetically The alpha code is not required for process or equipment with only a single PanelView Plus 6 terminal FTversion The version of FactoryTalk View ME used to create the application
312. ta Highway Plus DH Cat 1756 DHRIOK Universal Remote I O Cat 1756 DHRIOK Foundation Fieldbus Cat 1788 CN2FF or Cat 1757 FFLDK HART latest version of ProSoft HART Multi drop Master Communications Module Cat MVI56 HART etc 8 Modbus latest version of ProSoft Modbus Master Slave Enhanced Communications Module 156 9 Serial Network Built in serial port on processor or Cat 1756 MVI MVID 10 DH 485 Built in serial port on processor 11 Order with conformal coating designation when available Power Supplies Part II Standards and Conventions 30 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 1 Chassis Power Each PLC processor and remote I O chassis shall include a power supply The power supply shall be sized at a minimum to accommodate all spare and future I O The power supply shall be mounted on the left end of the chassis and plug directly into the backplane If the addition of I O to existing chassis requires a larger power supply then that power supply shall be supplied by the contractor or responsible entity Input Voltage 120 VAC 60 Hz Output Current 13 A at 5 VDC minimum Provide all cabling as required Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley 1756 PA75 BK b Order with conformal coating designation when available Field Devices Provide power supply to power fi
313. tatus followed by a dynamic string value that says Running in black when the DBLogger is running and has a connection with the PLC and Stopped in black when it is not DB Logger Status Stopped Graphic Design Element Number Function Description This graphic string displays the status of the DB Logger The string displays DB Logger Status Running and Stopped to show when the DB Logger is logging data Instances e EngineForAlmLogService E AOSI EngineForAlmLogService E AOS2 EngineForAlmLogService 5 AOSI EngineForAlmLogService 5 AOS2 EngineForAlmLogService W AOSI EngineForAlmLogService_W_AOS2 Part V CLX WW PV V 19 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 C Historian Description The Historian object is used to trigger alarms based upon the historian s condition Functional Details e Creates alarms in the Galaxy if there are issues with the Historian that are not generated by default within the Galaxy Examples include Critical Alarms if more than x alarms generated DataAcqRate SysWarning and SysFatalErrors Attributes Attribute Data Type DESCRIPTION ALARM PRIORITY Total critical errors since startup If above SysCritErrCnt the value of 3 an alarm will occur Items per second received from the historian If the value drops below 9 alarm will occur Total non fatal errors since st
314. te Radio Communication The remote collection system sites are currently managed by a combination of Modicon PLC software Factorylink OS 2 software DB 2 database and custom software The radio communication uses 924MHz MDS 9600 baud modems and currently has a 5 minute poll cycle to allow for incomplete transmissions and other communications errors The system is slated for upgrade in the next 2 years Standards may be different because of the need to continue operation during communications failures common with remote sites such as these See the District Manager of Process Control and Automation for the latest configuration Section 7 Electrical Standards Section 7 0 See NEORSD Engineering and Construction Department Electrical standards have been removed from the NEORSD Automation Standards and Conventions Manual They are now being maintained separately Contact the NEORSD Engineering and Construction department for the latest Electrical Standards Part II Standards and Conventions 73 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 8 CCTV System Section 8 0 Introduction Section 8 1 CCTV Equipment This section provides the detailed requirements for the CCTV monitoring system The CCTV monitoring system details include the following Cameras Camera Housing Pan and Tilt Drive Camera Mounting Brackets Receiver Surge Protec
315. te menu bar MyPrinter Sets the window printer 2 9 F OuickFunctions GoBack navigation button GoForward navigation button PrintScreen sets the area of InTouch to be printed PushStack navigation button ScreenData sets remote references LoadWindowBanners Sets location based on the node Part V CLX WW PV4 V 44 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL W Regional Sewer District 2 9 G InTouch System Windows Below are a few of the types of windows included in the Wonderware base program others are added as the system evolves System Large Upper Band Window System Small Upper Band Window System Footer Window Hierarchical Name NEORSD View Derived from InTouchViewApp Part V CLX WW PV V 45 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL ax Regional Sewer District SECTION 2 10 GENERAL CODING PRACTICES Native InTouch or ArchestrA button commands object animation macros events etc should be used to perform HMI functions When using scripts the following practices apply to InTouch System Platform and ArchestrA Graphic scripts Note Logic should be done in the PLC The HMI should not be calculating values or making decisions based upon multiple inputs All logic outside of basic scripting must be in the PLC 2 10 A Scripting Code Comment Guidelines When available make use of the native
316. ted instruments in accordance with the following requirements a Tag numbers shall be as listed in the Instrument Index data sheets drawings or specifications b The identifying tag number shall be permanently etched or embossed onto a stainless steel tag securely fastened to the device housing with stainless steel rivets or self tapping screws of appropriate size c Where neither of the above fastenings can be accomplished tags shall be permanently attached to the device by a circlet of 1 16 inch diameter stainless steel wire rope d Identification tags shall be installed so that numbers are easily visible to service personnel e Front of panel mounted instruments shall have the tag attached to rear of device in addition to the front of panel nameplate 3 Label internally mounted components and devices e g power supplies power distribution blocks mounting rails e g for terminal blocks etc with phenolic nameplates attached with self tapping stainless steel screws or adhesive or with other approved method Attach to mounting plate or panel surface near the device in a manner that makes identification unambiguous Manufacturer provided identification means are acceptable if approved by the ENGINEER 4 Tagging of the following items shall be accomplished with the use of machine generated adhesive plastic labels by Brady or equal a Tag all electrical devices circuit breakers relays timers etc mounted within control
317. terminal designations shall be verified and documented as such on a copy of the loop diagram or equivalent schematic or wiring diagram Part Standards and Conventions 96 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Verification shall be by signal tracing continuity verification or ringing out Tags and labels placed during construction shall not be considered adequate verification Each control loop shall be verified by injection of an appropriate pressure resistance voltage signal or current signal Use actual signals where available Closely observe controllers recorders alarm and trip units remote setpoints ratio systems and all other control and monitoring components Observe HMI and OIT graphical screens to verify appropriate linking of I O and the response of the graphical objects symbols as well as associated alarm and event triggers displayed on graphical screens Observe that logging of alarm and events associated with I O are correct Observe proper recording archiving of I O in the Historian Make corrections as required where invalid readings or responses are observed Following any corrections retest the loop to verify proper operation Stroke all control valves cylinders drives actuators dampers and connecting linkages from each local and remote operator interface including the control system operator interface Check all hardw
318. that utilizes the I O 1 Type of graphical interface HMI Wonderware OIT Panel View 2 OIT Application Name 3 Graphical interface graphic window name see Part V Section 2 10F for HMI window names and Part V Section 4 4B for OIT display names 4 Graphical object tag number 5 Graphical symbol 12 Attestation section The I O Checkout certification sheet shall include the following information identifying the persons responsible for performing and witnessing the I O checkout 6 Printed name and dated signature of the SI I amp C Subcontractor Representative responsible for the I O checkout 7 Printed name and dated signature of the District s Representative responsible for witnessing the I O checkout 8 Printed name and dated signature and company affiliation of the lead person that actually performed the I O checkout 9 2 5 Component Settings Record The Contractor shall document all programming configuration settings associated with I O points created added or modified under the project in the Component Settings Record The Component Settings Record shall be a spreadsheet that documents each signal type and range high and low signal range limits alarm and operating limits trip settings discrete point open closed signal state descriptors filters and deadbands associated with each I O point It Part II Standards and Conventions 106 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CON
319. the following instructions as a minimum 1 Relay type logic functions including normally open contacts normally closed contacts and output coils 2 Timers On delay off delay and retentive 3 Counters Up down 4 Math functions including integer and floating point add subtract multiply divide and square root 5 Data transfer instructions 6 Logical AND NOT OR XOR instructions 7 Compare Instructions Equal to greater than less than 8 Proportional Integral Derivative control instruction b The PLC shall support branching functions to allow any combination of series or parallel instructions c The PLC shall support the use of subroutines where appropriate 10 Programming software Rockwell RSLogix 5000 61131 6 compliant Available languages a Ladder logic b Function block diagram FBD c Sequential function charts SFC d Structured text 11 Online programming including run time editing 12 Manufacturer and Model a Allen Bradley Cat 1756 L7X K where X is the numeral 2 or higher current model b Order with conformal coating designation when available B Network Communications In addition to the communication ports available on the processor select communication modules for the following networks as required 1 Ethernets IP Cat 1756 ENBT or 1756 EWEB for web enabled Ethernet or 1756 EN2T for redundant rack communication ControlNet Cat 1756 CNBK DeviceNet Cat 1756 DNBK Da
320. the processor Programmers should frequently monitor and adjust the execution rate based on the task time Each periodic task must be set with a priority from 1 to 15 with 1 representing the highest priority It is recommended that each task be set with a unique priority 3 6 C PID Control Task The periodic task for executing setpoint control and PID based algorithms will be called PID Control Default Rate 1 sec and the Priority 1 Part V CLX WW PV V 61 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 3 6 D I O Mapping Task The periodic task for executing the I O mapping including messaging and alarming logic will be called IO_Mapping Default Rate 100 msec and Priority 4 3 6 Process Control Task The periodic task for the executing the process control and device drivers will be called Process Control Default Rate 200 msec and the Priority 8 3 6 F Miscellaneous Logic The periodic task for executing any non specific device or process code will be called Misc Logic Default Rate 200 msec and the Priority 13 3 6 G General Event Tasks There are currently no standard event based tasks 3 6 H Unscheduled Programs and Inhibited Tasks Following system commissioning all logic not actively being scanned or no longer required shall be deleted from logic This includes but is not limited to logic contained within inhibited
321. thin InTouch turn pumps on off open close valves change from auto man as well as setpoints restricted to the operators Access level 1000 e General permissions None Operational permissions gt 18 Opers Acknowledge Alarms Can Modify Configure Attributes o Can Modify Operate Attributes Part V CLX WW PV V 5 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District o Can Modify Tune Attributes gt 2798_Opers o Can Acknowledge Alarms o Can Modify Configure Attributes o Can Modify Operate Attributes o Can Modify Tune Attributes 2 4 F ArchestrA Role HMI Programmers Domain Programmers REF_Programmers e permissions of Facility Manager plus restricted ArchestrA permissions e Within ArchestrA will be able to derive new instances create edit windows ect e No permission to edit create templates e Access level 9000 e General permissions gt IDE Permissions o Can Start the IDE Importing and Exporting Can Utilize GalaxyLoad GalaxyDump o General Configuration Modify Deployed Instances Disable Change Comments Override Checkout Upload from Runtime o System Configuration Can Create Modify Delete System Object Instances Platforms and Engines Create Modify Delete Area Objects o Devicelntegration Objects Can Create Modify Delete Devic
322. thin the NEORSD library graphic toolbox 2 11 G Locations ArchestrA object templates Custom Window Toolbox 2 11 H Common Symbols Insert screenshots of each approved symbol set in progress WE FLOW ELEMENT a GRIT CHANNEL TRAVELING BRIDGE VERTICAL PUMP a CENTRIFUGE COMPACTOR TRUMENT AIR MPRESSOR BAR SCREEN E V C U BLOWER THICKENER COMMUNITOR Section 2 12 Standard Symbols 2 12 A Locations Reference the NEORSD Standard Object Library User Manual 2 12 B Common Features Symbols change color to indicate equipment status Red indicates running or a valve or gate is fully opened Green indicates stopped or a valve or gate is fully closed Yellow indicates equipment malfunctioning Dark Grey indicates information is not available Text Numbers display NaN Red status boxes text appear when non alarm process conditions occur e Yellow status boxes text appear when an alarm condition is active Part V CLX WW PV V 52 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL LS Regional Sewer District Section 2 13 Windows 2 13 A Adding New Windows e Windows shall be developed from the NEORSD provided window templates which feature site specific coloring To make a new window open one of the template windows right click in the windows menu and select new When asked if you want to keep the exist
323. thoroughly annotated with comments provided in the UDT description field as well as the UDT member description fields Program logic that includes tag interfaces to the HMI or OIT should always use the appropriate AOI when possible Exceptions are only allowed when an existing AOI cannot fulfill the program requirements The user must review the application with the NEORSD representative and receive permission to deviate from AOI usage When under contract the RFI procedure shall be used for UDTs intended for HMI interface UDT tag instances are subject to applicable tag naming standards Section 3 6 Task Structure 3 6 A Task Usage logic routines should be organized within periodic tasks within the controller Periodic logic execution increases performance in particular controller to HMI communication by freeing up processor overhead Event based tasks are permitted but are generally discouraged unless required for a particular application Event tasks restricted from use within redundant configurations Any usage of continuous tasks must be approved by NEORSD 3 6 B General Periodic Tasks Creation of periodic tasks should be kept to a minimum 6 or less as required by the controlled process or area Programmers should attempt to organize area logic within programs and routines as opposed to within individual tasks The periodic task execution rate should be set to allow ample time for program execution without burdening
324. tion Cables Video Camera Transceiver Links System Controller Monitors Digital Multiplexers VCR w Pam oe e Detailed Specifications 8 1 A Color Cameras 1 Cameras for the CCTV Monitoring System shall be digitally encoded to enable variety of picture enhancements digital cameras shall provide increased lens sensitivity aperture correction electronic light control equivalent to shutter speed of 1 60 sec and 1 15 700 and back lighted compensation for crisp sharp pictures The cameras shall be equipped with a zoom auto 2 inch iris lens for wide angle viewing with a maximum aperture ratio of 1 0 75 and a filter size of M40 5 mm Each camera shall be provided with pan tilt zoom features for motion control 2 All cameras shall permit program setup of camera ID light control backlight compensation shutter speed and automatic gain control All programmed information shall be retained in each camera s non volatile memory A setup disable function shall prevent accidental and unauthorized operation of the camera system The lenses shall be one 1 inch nominal motorized zoom 3 The Camera pick up device shall be 512 H x 492 H pixels minimum Interline Transfer CCD 4 The cameras shall consist of the following features a Scanning Area Scanning Area shall be 4 8 H x 3 6 V mm b Scanning System 525 lines 60 fields 30 frames Horizontal 15 734 kHz Vertical 59 94kHz c Video Output 1 0 V p
325. to one or the other The OITs are intended for use in maintenance In some cases there is more than one level of remote control In the case of a VFD driven pump or blower for example local control is provided by a Local Control Station LCS at or near the piece of equipment as the VFD is usually remote from the equipment The remotely located VFD then acts as a first layer of remote control The OITs and together form the second layer of remote control To separate the two layers of remote control a switch labeled VFD PLC shall be provided on the panel containing the VFD Operation a When the Local Off Remote switch on the LCS is in the Local Mode the equipment shall be controlled via start and stop pushbuttons on the LCS b When the Local Off Remote switch on the LCS is in the Remote Mode and the VFD PLC switch at the VFD is in the VFD mode start stop and speed control will be manually adjusted by the operator at the VFD c When the Local Off Remote switch on the LCS is in the Remote Mode and the VFD PLC switch at the VFD is in the PLC mode the PLC will be allowed to control the equipment based on control values entered by the operator The PLC will control the equipment in either a PLC Manual or a PLC Auto mode of operation as selected by the operator at the HMI 1 PLC Manual Control The PLC Manual mode of control requires operator action at the HMI to change the operating status of the piece of equipment 2 PLC Auto Co
326. tract specifications The standards included in this manual as well as the District s other design standards must be adhered to in developing programming and documenting control strategies and other system features SECTION 3 STANDARDS DEVIATION REQUEST Section 3 0 General The NEORSD Automation Standards and Conventions are intended to provide consistent reliable controls within all plants However it is recognized that there may be specific instances in which a contractor or supplier may not be able to fully comply with the standards for software equipment cabling and other control system components supplied or developed under a contract or other procurement method or may not be able to program or configure the system in conformance with these standards When these cases arise the contractor or supplier must submit a request for deviation from NEORSD Standards using the NEORSD Standards Deviation Request Form included in this section The District will review the issues documented on the form and any supplemental documentation that is supplied with the request and if compelling reasons are presented the District may grant the deviation The Standards Deviation Request must meet the following criteria 1 It must clearly indicate those sections of the standards that are relevant to the proposed deviation s 2 It must verify that compliance with the standards from which the deviation s is requested is under the circumstances n
327. ts flexibility of design if a common script attribute UDA needs created and is common to all engines e Addition of this layer supports manufacturer best practices and prevents need to alter BTLs General Minimum Ram 1024 MB Statistics average period 10000 ms Redundancy Redundancy 30001 message channel port Redundancy Redundancy 30000 primary channel port Message Exchange Message 30000 ms timeout Message Exchange NMX heartbeat period 2090 ms Message Exchange Consecutive number of missed NMX heartbeats 3 allowed Message Exchange Message 5026 exchange port Engine Engine startup type Auto Scan period 1000 ms Scripts Maximum time for scripts to 1000 ms execute count Part V CLX WW PV V 39 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District Maximum input queue size 16 MB Engine failure timeout 10000 ms Maximum number of consecutive data notification failures allowed Instances See derived instances from NEORSDAOS NEORSDClient NEORSDGR above Part V CLX WW PV V 40 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 P PrinterSelect Description The Printer Select Object is used to select a printer from the network and print Functional Details e The PrintSelect printers are entered in the UDA PrinterList Up to 5 printers
328. typically between 2 and 4 characters long upper case nnnn is the same four digit loop number identifier to be used in the point tag as described in Section 1 5 Point Tag Naming Convention For example at the Southerly Wastewater Treatment Center WWTC a flow indicating transmitter in the Second Stage Aeration Area would have the tag S 22 FIT nnnn A high level switch in the Screening Area at the Easterly WWTP would have the tag E 05 LSH nnnn A level control valve at the Westerly WWTP Disinfection Area would have the tag W 35 LCV nnnn Note to specifier P amp IDs typically do not show the entire instrument and valve tag as long as there is a note on the P amp ID that all instrument and valve tags are preceded by the site designation and area number for example 5 22 The instrument and valve bubble on the P amp ID would contain for example 1005 Collection System Instrument and Control Valve Tag Format S LL Z Z nnnn Where S 15 the Collection System site type designator upper case alpha is used for remote pump stations and is for automated regulator sites Other Collection System site abbreviations are listed in Part IL Section 1 5 Paragraph I Site Designator LL is a two character upper case alpha code designating the location in the Collection System See Part IL Section 1 5 Paragraph II Collection System and Remote Sites for the codes Z Z is t
329. uit current rating All panels materials and equipment shall be new and shall be built in an Underwriters Laboratory UL approved panel shop and bear the UL label C Panel Construction Requirements Part II Standards and Conventions I 20 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 1 Panels located in control rooms and other environmentally controlled rooms shall be steel with a NEMA 12 rating a b c d Exterior surfaces to be primed and painted with three coats enamel or better Color to be ANSI 61 light gray or as specified Interior and mounting panels to be primed and painted with two coats of white enamel or better Provide one quart of touch up paint for each color Mounting panels to be 12 gauge steel 2 Panels located in all other locations shall be Type 316L unpainted stainless steel with a smooth brushed finish and a NEMA 4X rating a b c d Mounting panels to be stainless steel Seamless foam in place door gasket All panel penetrations shall be sealed watertight and maintain the NEMA 4X panel rating Any panel or door mounted devices e g pushbutton or instruments shall have a NEMA 4X rating Whenever an instrument is not available with a NEMA 4X rating it shall be mounted with a clear plastic gasketed lockable hinged door 3 Floor mount panels shall be minimum 12 gauge for all surfaces e o P
330. ummary_System o Displays all the current system alarms in the system This graphic is also called a Alarm Summary_Easterly_System b Alarm Summary_Southerly_System c Alarm Summary_Westerly_System AT Displaying 1 to 4 of 6 alarms Default 100 100 3 n anada Type 2 Alarms EL Graphic Design Element This graphic displays all of the system alarms sorted by the time of the System Alarm Query alarms The column details of this section are State TimeLCT Name Value Alarm Comment and Priority thru alarm color ACK Button This graphic button allows the user to acknowledge a select alarm This graphic displays the Type of the selected alarm from the Distributed 2 Type Alarm Query 8 ACK ALL Button button allows the user to acknowledge all unacknowledged Instances e Alarm Summary Part V CLX WW PV V 16 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 7 B EngineForAlmLogService Description EngineForAlarmLogService activates and disables the Alarm Logging Service on each AOS node and prevents both Alarm Loggers from running simultaneously This is necessary to make the alarm logging redundant and prevents historical alarms from being lost Functional Details e Activates the redundant alarm logging engine on the backup AOS platform when a failover event occurs This script starts the alarm logging engin
331. ut modules shall allow selectable output response to faults of minimum maximum or last output value Cat 1756 OF8HK Slot fillers for unused I O slots Cat 1756 N2 Order with conformal coating designation when available 2 Required Features The I O modules and system hardware supplied shall incorporate the following design and construction features and comply with the following requirements a All YO modules shall be supplied with Allen Bradley extended depth removable terminal blocks that plug into the front of the I O module b Noise immunity and filtering IEEE surge withstand rating to IEEE 472 Optical isolation for all inputs and outputs to provide controller logic protection Any card any slot plug in packaging Mechanical keying of I O module to its removable terminal block RTB to ensure module is placed in correct slot after removal Electronic keying between I O module and processor ensures correct module type and revision All modules shall be replaceable under power Software configuration of modules no jumpers or switches 300 volt I O wiring terminal arms sized to accommodate up to 14 AWG wires Wiring design shall allow I O module removal and replacement without disturbing I O wiring connections Front of module LED Status indicators for each individual input and output point are to indicate when power is applied at I O terminals Fused output circuits for all output modules with blown fuse
332. ved with a minimum 300 volt rating All terminal blocks shall have finger safe terminals Part II Standards and Conventions 43 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 4 Mount terminals on rigid high rise aluminum DIN rail Use Allen Bradley Cat No 1492 DR6 or approved equal 5 Heavy duty end anchors shall be provided on both ends of all terminal strips to firmly anchor the terminal blocks to the mounting rail and insulating end barriers shall be provided on one end of the terminal strip as necessary 6 No more than two wires shall be terminated at any single screw Provide jumpers as required to join adjacent terminal blocks for additional wiring connection points 7 All terminal blocks shall be labeled with alpha or numeric identifiers on each block Identifiers shall be pre printed snap in marker cards 8 Provide separate terminal strips with minimum physical separation for DC signal and AC power wiring Maintain minimum physical separation between signal and power wiring See Part 2 Section 2 3 for separation distances 9 Provide fuses sized as required and fuse pullers for all fused terminal blocks 10 Provide 20 percent spare fused terminal blocks mounted on the rail s Wire all spares from I O card termination arms to the fused terminal blocks 2 4 D Control Relays 1 Type General purpose plug in type rated for continuous duty 2 Perf
333. ventions 70 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District Section 6 2 Control Network WAN Design The control network WAN has been planned as a separate set of DSO DS1 speed lines using frame relay services provided by a LEC It may also be implemented as 64K segments in the Information Network s DS1 frame relay network This section will be amended when the WAN is implemented 6 2 A Topology When implemented the topology will probably be a fully webbed configuration between plants EMSC may be served off of Southerly or may be served separately depending on load projections 6 2 B Frame Relay Interface When implemented the interface will most likely be FRADs supplied by the LEC who provides the lines If private cabling is used we will use Cisco for consistency with other network equipment Section 6 3 LAN WAN Hardware 6 3 A Switches The switches isolate traffic between pairs of computers to a virtual network running at full wire speed Computers are connected at 100Mb s PLCs will go no faster than 1OMb s since they use AUI ports network switches have 24 10 100base T ports and two open bays in which port modules may be added The switches may be managed by terminal telnet or http 1 Standard Cisco 2924M XL EN 6 3 B Routers Routers are used to connect from the Control Network to the Information Network They are set to allow
334. version table or PLCS SuiteLink Client instances The DASABCIP IO Server is used In order to successfully connect a PLC to Wonderware the DAServers must be set up to poll the PLC using the appropriate protocol DASABTCP or DASABCIP and the PLC must have a properly configured Suitelink instance within the NEORSD Galaxy ArchestrA objects run within engines that are hosted on Application Servers The Application Servers are load sharing redundant servers no less than two per site hosted in different physical locations for fox hole redundancy and are capable of completely running the system in the event of a server failure InTouch Applications providing the runtime process screens are deployed to individual clients within the galaxy The system runs in a Server Client configuration where the Application Servers host the galaxy ArchestrA database and the clients display the information At NEORSD most of the clients will be deployed as thin client machines hosted on redundant servers Part V CLX WW PV4 V 2 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION STANDARDS 5 MANUAL Northeast Ohio W Regional Sewer District ection 2 2 Simplified Network Architecture network representation below is currently in development GR Node EMT QUIET Historian Thin Client SQL Server SQL Server Farm DA Server DA Server Bck Thin Client ArchestrA Server 1
335. y logged in user is not an administrator 2 4 1 Electronic Records The InTouch wwalmdb database stores events and alarms with user information within SQL on the historian The analog values are stored in the runtime database within SQL on the historian All InTouch event and alarm records are stamped with date and time UTC In Wonderware electronic signatures are based on a combination of an identification codes User Name and password Preserving User Name uniqueness can be maintained assuming users are disabled and never deleted The NEORSD Automation group manages this function with procedural controls SECTION 2 5 COMMUNICATION DESIGN 2 5 A ArchestrA IDE The Integrated Development Environment IDE provides the interface to the configuration aspects of the Application Server From the IDE you manage templates create object instances deploy un deploy and perform functions associated with the development and maintenance of the system The production Galaxy name is NEORSD_Production Part V CLX WW PV 7 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL w Regional Sewer District 2 5 B Model View The NEORSD model view is currently under development but will incorporate a site gt process location gt equipment structure as indicated below NEORSD Application Collections and S Southerly E Easterly WWesterly Remote Monit
336. zes required by the NEC Part II Standards and Conventions II 40 Revision 2 0 1 NEORSD AUTOMATION Northeast Ohio STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS MANUAL Regional Sewer District 2 3 B Color Standards 1 UA de 120 208 Volt Systems includes control power a Hot Black b Neutral White AC Control Wiring Red DC Control Wiring Blue Grounding Conductors Green All wiring not de energized by the panel disconnect or circuit breaker shall be yellow wire a For all panels containing wiring not de energized by the panel disconnect or circuit breaker provide a warning nameplate on the front of the panel stating WARNING YELLOW WIRING NOT DE ENERGIZED BY PANEL DISCONNECT The nameplate shall be amber with black 4 inch high letter engravings and shall be attached to the panel face with stainless steel screws 2 3 C Wiring Separation Distances 1 power wiring 120 volts greater signal wiring shall be separated within the panel by the following distances Signal wiring shall include control and monitoring wiring with voltage levels from 0 to 120 V AC DC Included analog discrete bus DeviceNet Fieldbus etc and communications wiring ModBus Ethernet etc Separation Distances Minimum Distance Between Voltage Current AC Power Wiring and Signal Wiring 0 to 125 volts 0 to 10 amps 12 inches 125 to 250 volts to 50 amps 15 inches 250 to 480 volts 0 to 200 amps 18

Support Services for Automation - SSA-1

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents